Nissan Murano 2021 Owner Manual

2021

MURANO

OWNER’S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

WARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of

California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

This manual was prepared to help you understand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilometers) of driving pleasure.

Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties covering your vehicle. The “Maintenance and schedules” section of this manual explains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Additionally, a separate Customer Care/Lemon Law

Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle, and clarify your rights under your state's lemon law.

When you require any service or have any questions, a NISSAN dealer will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to them.

In addition to factory-installed options, your vehicle may also be equipped with additional accessories installed prior to delivery. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped. It is important that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, warnings, cautions and instructions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped.

Before driving your vehicle, please read this

Owner's Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION

REMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers!

• NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs.

• ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions.

• ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you.

• ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems.

Pre-teen children should be seated in the rear seat.

• ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle.

• ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual for important safety information.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

For descriptions specified for all-wheel drive models, an AWD mark is placed at the beginning sections/items.

of the applicable

As with other vehicles with features for off- road use, failure to operate all-wheel drive models correctly may result in loss of control or an accident. For additional information, see “Driving safety precau-

tions” (P. 5-11).

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off-road use. As with other vehicles with features of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident.

For additional information, see “Onpavement and off-road driving precau-

tions” (P. 5-9), “Avoiding collision and roll-over” (P. 5-9) and “Driving safety

precautions” (P. 5-11).

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.

Modification could affect its performance, safety, emissions or durability and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modifications may not be covered under NISSAN warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses the port during normal driving, for example remote insurance company monitoring, remote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or engine reprogramming, may cause interference or damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of any aftermarket OBD plug-in devices, unless specifically approved by NISSAN.

The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused by any aftermarket plug-in device.

This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model. Features and equipment in your vehicle may vary depending on model, trim level, options selected, order, date of production, region or availability. Therefore, you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or installed on your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications, performance, design or component suppliers without notice and without obligation.

From time to time, NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available. Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle. Current versions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https:// owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/ navigation/manualsGuide . If you have questions concerning any information in

your Owner's Manual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. For contact information, refer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PRO-

GRAM page in this Owner’s Manual.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT

THIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual.

They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely.

APD1005

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this” or “Do not let this happen.”

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE

ADVISORY

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries, may contain perchlorate material.

The following advisory is provided: “Perchlorate Material – special handling may apply. For additional information, refer to www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate/”.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed carefully.

If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustration, it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these call attention to an item in the illustration.

© 2020 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner's

Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Nissan North America, Inc.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

NISSAN CARES . . .

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your

NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your

NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions, please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll-free number:

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information:

– Your name, address, and telephone number

– Vehicle identification number (attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver's side)

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. customers

1-800-NISSAN-1

(1-800-647-7261)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

For U.S. customers

Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003 or via e-mail at: [email protected]

For Canadian customers

1-800-387-0122

– Your NISSAN dealer's name

– Your comments or questions

OR

For Canadian customers

Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e-mail at: [email protected]

If you prefer, visit us at: www.nissanusa.com

(for U.S. customers) or www.nissan.ca

(for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

Table of contents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

9

10

11

6

7

8

1

2

3

4

5

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . 0-2

Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3

Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4

Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6

Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8

Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILD

RESTRAINTS

1.

Supplemental front-impact air bags

(P. 1-49)

2.

Occupant classification sensor (weight

sensor) (P. 1-49)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

LIC4614

3.

Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-12)

4.

Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) and

shoulder height adjuster (P. 1-13, 1-49)

5.

6.

7.

8.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag (P. 1-49)

Rear seat center seat belt (located on

ceiling) (P. 1-13)

Rear outboard seat-mounted side-

impact supplemental air bag (P. 1-49)

Seat belt with pretensioner(s)

(rear outboard seats) (driver’s side

9.

shown; passenger’s side similar) (P. 1-13)

Rear outboard seat top tether strap anchor (located on bottom of seat-

back) (P. 1-27)

10.

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system (P. 1-27)

11.

Folding rear bench seat (P. 1-2)

12.

Front seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag (P. 1-49)

13.

Front seats (P. 1-2)

14.

Driver supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-49)

Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details.

EXTERIOR FRONT

6.

Door locks (P. 3-5)

NISSAN Intelligent Key® system (P. 3-7)

7.

Keys (P. 3-2)

Mirrors (P. 3-34)

Side view camera (if so equipped)

(P. 4-10)

8.

Tire pressure (P. 8-27)

9.

Flat tire (P. 6-3)

Tire chains (P. 8-27)

Replacing bulbs (P. 8-25)

Headlight and turn signal switch

(P. 2-35)

LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)

system (P. 2-35)

10.

Fog light switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-35)

11.

Front sonar sensors (if so equipped)

(P. 5-124)

Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details.

1.

Front view camera (if so equipped)

(P. 4-10)

2.

Engine hood (P. 3-21)

3.

Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)

4.

Windshield (P. 8-17)

5.

Power windows (P. 2-59)

LII2613

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

EXTERIOR REAR

1.

Rearview camera (P. 4-3)

2.

Rear wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)

3.

Liftgate release (P. 3-22)

4.

Rear sonar sensors (P. 5-124)

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

5.

Replacing bulbs (P. 8-25)

6.

Fuel-filler door (P. 3-29)

Fuel recommendation (P. 10-4)

Fuel-filler cap (P. 3-29)

LII2576

7.

Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-5)

Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

8.

Sun visors (P. 3-33)

9.

Cup holders (P. 2-52)

Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details.

1.

Glove box (P. 2-52)

2.

Rearview mirror (P. 3-34)

3.

Console box (P. 2-52)

4.

Map lights (P. 2-64)

5.

Power moonroof (if so equipped)

(P. 2-62)

6.

Luggage hooks (P. 2-52)

7.

Center armrest (P. 1-6)

LII2615

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

INSTRUMENT PANEL

1.

2.

Vent (P. 4-26)

Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/

turn signal switch (P. 2-35)

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

3.

Supplemental air bag (P. 1-49)

Horn (P. 2-42)

LII2574

4.

5.

Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)

Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-8)

Vehicle information display (P. 2-17)

Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)

Rear window wiper and washer switch

6.

7.

8.

9.

(P. 2-32)

Audio system/Center display controls*

Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)

Center display*

Navigation display (if so equipped)*

Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-49)

10.

Glove box (P. 2-52)

11.

Front passenger supplemental knee air

bag (P. 1-49)

12.

Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-49)

13.

Power outlet (P. 2-50)

14.

USB ports*

AUX jack*

15.

Heater and air conditioning controls

(P. 4-28)

16.

Shift lever (P. 5-18)

17.

Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-13)

18.

Cruise control switches (if so equipped)

(P. 5-55)

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches

(if so equipped) (P. 5-58)

19.

Driver supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-49)

20.

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System/

Audio control switches*

21.

Hood release (P. 3-21)

Fuel door release (P. 3-29)

22.

Fuse box (P. 8-19)

23.

Heated steering wheel switch

(if so equipped) (P. 2-46)

Dynamic driver assistance switch

(P. 2-47)

Liftgate instrument panel switch

(if so equipped) (P. 3-22)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P. 2-47)

24.

Instrument brightness control (P. 2-40)

Twin trip odometer reset switch (P. 2-4)

*: Refer to the separate NissanConnect

®

Owner's Manual.

Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details.

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK

LOCATIONS

3.5L 6 cylinder (VQ35DE engine model)

1.

Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-4)

2.

Drive belt location (P. 8-15)

3.

Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-6)

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

4.

Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-6)

5.

Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-11)

6.

Air cleaner (P. 8-16)

7.

Fuse box (P. 8-19)

LDI3345

8.

Fuse/Fusible link box (P. 8-19)

9.

Battery (P. 8-13)

10.

Radiator cap (P. 8-4)

11.

Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-11)

12.

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-12)

Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details.

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Warning/

Indicator light (red) or

Name

Brake warning light

Charge warning light

2-10

Engine oil pressure warning light

2-10

Master warning light

2-10

Page

2-9

Warning/

Indicator light (red)

Name Page

Security indicator light

2-10

Supplemental air bag warning light

2-11

Warning/

Indicator light

(yellow) or

Name Page

Anti-lock Braking

System (ABS) warning light

2-11

Warning/

Indicator light

(yellow)

Name Page

Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB) with Pedestrian Detection system warning light

Front passenger air bag status light

Low tire pressure warning light

2-11

2-12

2-12

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

2-13

Seat belt warning light and chime

2-10

Master warning light

2-14

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

Warning/

Indicator light

(yellow)

Name

Power steering warning light

Page

2-14

Rear Automatic

Braking (RAB) system warning light

Slip indicator light

2-15

2-15

Vehicle Dynamic

Control (VDC) OFF indicator light

2-15

Warning/

Indicator light

(other)

Name Page

Front fog light indicator light

(green) (if so equipped)

High Beam Assist indicator light

(green)

High beam indicator light (blue)

2-16

2-16

2-16

Side light and headlight indicator light (green)

Turn signal/ hazard indicator lights (green)

2-16

2-16

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

1 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2

Front manual seat adjustment

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

Front power seat adjustment

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4

Rear bench seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Flexible seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Adjustable head restraint/headrest components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10

Non-adjustable head restraint/ headrest components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10

Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10

Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13

Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13

Seat belt warning light and chime . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16

Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16

Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16

Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26

Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29

Rear-facing child restraint installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-33

Rear-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34

Forward-facing child restraint installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37

Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-40

Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . 1-49

Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49

Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . 1-70

Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . 1-70

SEATS

WARNING

• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries.

You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.

ARS1152

• For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly. For additional information, see “Precautions on seat belt

usage” (P. 1-13).

• After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked.

• Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls or make the vehicle move. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

• Do not adjust the driver’s seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle.

• The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort.

Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased.

1-2 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damage.

FRONT MANUAL SEAT

ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped)

Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manually. For additional information about adjusting the seats, refer to the steps outlined in this section.

LRS2160

Forward and backward

Pull the center of the bar up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position. Release the bar to lock the seat in position.

LRS2161

Reclining

To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and lean back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the lever up and lean your body forward. Release the lever to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. For additional information, see “Precautions on seat belt usage”

(P. 1-13). Also, the seatback can be reclined

to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in the P

(Park) position.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

LRS2202

Seat lifter (driver's seat)

Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved.

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT

(if so equipped)

Operating tips

• The power seat motor has an auto-reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during operation, wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch.

• Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off. This will discharge the battery.

For additional information, see “Memory

seat” (P. 3-37).

LRS2662

Forward and backward

Moving the switch as shown will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch as shown until the desired angle is obtained.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. For additional information, see “Precautions on seat belt usage”

(P. 1-13). Also, the seatback can be reclined

1-4 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P (Park).

LRS2636

Seat lifter (driver's seat)

Move the switch as shown to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion.

LRS2270

Lumbar support (driver's seat)

The lumbar support feature provides adjustable lower back support to the driver.

Push the switch as shown to adjust the seatback lumbar area.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

LRS2635

REAR BENCH SEAT ADJUSTMENT

Reclining

Pull the reclining strap O and position the seatback at the desired angle. Release the reclining strap after positioning the seat at the desired angle.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit. For additional information, see “Precautions on

seat belt usage” (P. 1-13). The seatback may

also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

WARNING

• After adjustment, check to be sure the seat is securely locked.

• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries.

You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.

• For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly. For additional information, see “Precautions on seat

belt usage” (P. 1-13).

LRS2588

ARMRESTS

The rear bench center armrest is locked in the up position. To lower the armrest, pull the armrest down as shown.

To return the armrest to the up position, push up on the armrest until it is in the full up position.

1-6 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING

• Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold-down position. In a collision, people riding in these areas without proper restraints are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.

• Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.

Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.

• Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt.

• Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats.

– Make sure that the seat path is clear before moving the seat.

– Be careful not to allow hands or feet to get caught or pinched in the seat.

• Head restraints/headrests should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident. Always replace and adjust them properly if they have been removed for any reason.

• If the head restraints/headrests are removed for any reason, they should be securely stored to prevent them from causing injury to passengers or damage to the vehicle in case of sudden braking or an accident.

• When returning rear row seatbacks to the upright position, the operator should always verify that the back is locked in the upright position by gently rocking the seatback before allowing passengers to occupy the rear seats. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.

• Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

LRS2589

Folding the rear bench seat

Before folding the rear seats:

• Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and tongue into the retractor base.

For additional information, see “Stowing

the rear center seat belt” (P. 1-20).

• Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks on the side wall. For additional in-

formation, see “Seat belt hook” (P. 1-24).

• Remove drink containers from the rear cup holder.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

LRS2590

To fold down the seatbacks:

1. Pull the strap on the rear seat.

or

2. Pull the lever beside the cargo area and fold the seatback.

LRS2853

To return the seatbacks:

1. Lift up each seatback and push it to the upright position until it is latched.

2. Always reconnect the center seat belt when the seat is returned to the upright position.

WARNING

• When returning the seatbacks, be sure to attach the rear center seat belt connector.

• Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat.

• When attaching the rear center seat belt connector, be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured.

• If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position, serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop.

1-8 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

WARNING

Head restraints/headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions.

Adjustable head restraints/ headrests must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalk, except for Genuine NISSAN accessories specifically tested for use with the vehicle’s head restraint/headrest stalk. Do not remove the head restraint/headrest.

Do not use the seat if the head restraint/headrest has been removed.

If the head restraint/headrest was removed, reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints/headrests.

This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision.

LRS2403

The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints/headrests.

䉱

Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint.

쮿

Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest

(if applicable).

• Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint/headrest that may be integrated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

• Adjustable head restraints/headrests have multiple notches along the stalk(s) to lock them in a desired adjustment position.

• The non-adjustable head restraints/ headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame.

• Proper Adjustment:

– For the adjustable type, align the head restraint/headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.

• If the head restraint/headrest has been removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that designated seating position.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/

HEADREST COMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

LRS2300

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

LRS2299

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD

RESTRAINT/HEADREST

COMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

LRS2302

REMOVE

Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint/headrest:

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to the highest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrest from the seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle.

1-10 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

LRS2303

INSTALL

1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks with the holes in the seat. Make sure that the head restraint/headrest is facing the correct direction. The stalk with the notch (notches) O must be installed in the hole with the lock knob .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

WRS0134

ADJUST

For adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears. If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

LRS2305

Raise

To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it up.

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

LRS2306

Lower

To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down.

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

1-12 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SEAT BELTS

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT

USAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in a collision and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag.

SSS0136

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

WARNING

• Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint.

1-14 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0134 SSS0016

WARNING

• The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly.

SSS0014

WARNING

• Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest.

Never put the belt behind your back, under your arm or across your neck.

The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.

• Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT

THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an accident.

• Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle.

• Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted. Doing so may reduce its effectiveness.

• Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt.

• Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts.

• If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened, it may indicate a malfunction in the system.

Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• No changes should be made to the seat belt system. For example, do not modify the seat belt, add material, or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension. Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system. Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.

• Once seat belt pretensioner(s) have activated, they cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• All seat belt assemblies, including retractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any collision. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.

• All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision. Always follow the restraint manufacturer's inspection instructions and replacement recommendations.

The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

LRS0786

SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT AND

CHIME

The driver and front passenger seat is equipped with an enhanced seat belt reminder function. If your vehicle is equipped with an enhanced seat belt reminder function, a visual and audible alert will operate if a driver or front passenger seat belt is unbuckled at speeds of approximately 9 mph

(15 km/h) or more under the following conditions:

• If the driver seat belt is not fastened.

• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fastened and the seat is occupied by a passenger for 7 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fastened and objects or external force on the passenger seat change the seat belt reminder classification to Occupied.

The seat belt warning light will flash under the conditions shown above until the necessary seat belt is securely fastened.

A warning chime will sound for approximately 90 seconds or until one of the following conditions is met:

• The unbuckled front occupant’s seat belt is securely fastened.

• The seat belt reminder function in the front passenger seat no longer detects that the front passenger seat is occupied.

• The ignition is turned off or the vehicle is placed in P (Park).

The below situations could result in the seat belt reminder light being illuminated and the chime sounding, even with no occupant present in the passenger seat:

• Heavy objects placed on the seat.

• Someone pushing or pulling on the front passenger seat.

1-16 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

• An object placed under the front passenger seat.

• An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.

• An object hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

• A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.

PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts. Check with your doctor for specific recommendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

• Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint.

• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries.

You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.

• For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly.

• Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking

Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child’s neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked.

Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.

Manual front seat shown

(if so equipped)

LRS2160

Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-

tion, see “Seats” (P. 1-2).

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

Power front seat shown (if so equipped)

1-18 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS2662 LRS2674

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle

O until you hear and feel the latch engage.

• The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion permits the seat belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat.

• If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it.

Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.

LRS2675

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips

O as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack

O

. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions’ three-point seat belts have two modes of operation:

• Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

• Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts.

The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated, the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information,

see “Child restraints” (P. 1-27).

The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During normal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode should not be activated. If it is activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension. It can also change the operation of the front passenger air bag.

For additional information, see “Front passenger air bag and status light”

(P. 1-60).

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check the operation as follows:

• Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly. The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check, get the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service, or to learn more about seat belt operation.

WRS0139

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the seat belt, press the button on the buckle cally retracts.

. The seat belt automati-

Checking seat belt operation

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods:

• When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the retractor

• When the vehicle slows down rapidly

1-20 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS2529

Rear center seat belt

The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue

O and a seat belt tongue

O

. Both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt operation.

SSS0241

WARNING

• Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown.

• Always make sure both the connector tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint. Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached. This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop.

LRS2793

Stowing the rear center seat belt

When folding down the rear seat, the rear center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue O so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle. Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as a key buckle.

into the connector

2. Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractor base first .

3. Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base .

WARNING

• Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat.

• When attaching the rear center seat belt connector, be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

• If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position, serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop.

1-22 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS3023

Attaching the center seat belt

Always be sure the center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached. Disconnect only when folding down the rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the connector tongue from the retractor base .

2. Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retractor base .

3. Pull the seat belt and secure the connector buckle until it clicks .

The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt connector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see "Fastening the

seat belts" (P. 1-17).

WARNING

• Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat.

• When attaching the rear center seat belt connector, be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is completely secured.

• If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position, serious personal injury may result in an accident or sudden stop.

WARNING

• After adjustment, release the adjustment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position.

• The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident.

LRS0242

Shoulder belt height adjustment

(front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. For additional information, see “Precautions on

seat belt usage” (P. 1-13). To adjust, pull out

the adjustment button

O and move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position

O

, so the belt passes over the center of the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required.

WARNING

Seat belt hook

LRS2851

When the seat belt is not in use and when folding down the rear seats, hook the rear seat belts on the seat belt hooks.

• Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts, should be used with NISSAN seat belts.

• Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender.

Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident.

• Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints. If the child restraint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lap/ shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for purchase. The extender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of length and is available for the:

• Driver and front passenger seating positions

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

• To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a mild soap solution or any solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry.

1-24 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

• If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

• Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components, such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other damage on the webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced.

CHILD SAFETY

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a child’s neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in this manual, child safety information is available from many other sources, including doctors, teachers, government traffic safety offices, and community organizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraint systems:

• Rear-facing child restraints

• Forward-facing child restraints

• Booster seats

The proper restraint depends on the child's size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forwardfacing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear-facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old. Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protection. The vehicle's seat belts may not fit them properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck.

The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones. In an accident, an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury. Always use appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children. For additional information, see “Child re-

straints” (P. 1-27).

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle seat belt. For additional

information, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-27).

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens and children be restrained in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system (air bag system) for the front passenger. For additional information, see “Supplemental Restraint Sys-

tem (SRS)” (P. 1-49).

INFANTS

Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear-facing child restraint.

NISSAN recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

SMALL CHILDREN

Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as possible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint. Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness. Refer to the manufacturer’s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations. NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety

Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle

Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDREN

Children should remain in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maximum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness-equipped forwardfacing child restraint, NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top, middle portion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or

Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until the child can pass the seat belt fit test below:

• Are the child’s back and hips against the vehicle seatback?

• Is the child able to sit without slouching?

• Do the child’s knees bend easily over the front edge of the seat with feet flat on the floor?

• Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lap belt low and snug across the hips and shoulder belt across mid-chest and shoulder)?

• Is the child able to use the properly adjusted head restraint/headrest?

• Will the child be able to stay in position for the entire ride?

1-26 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS2690

If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a booster seat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may follow different guidelines. Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before traveling.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area. The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision.

CHILD RESTRAINTS

ARS1098

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD

RESTRAINTS

WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision:

– The child restraint must be used and installed properly. Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

WRS0256

– Infants and children should never be held on anyone's lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision.

– Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger.

– NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. If you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, see “Forwardfacing child restraint installation

using the seat belts” (P. 1-40).

– Even with the NISSAN Advanced

Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child.

A rear-facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat.

– Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle.

– Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle.

Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

1-28 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

– Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts, or other items.

– A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as possible after fitting the child restraint.

– Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while in the vehicle.

• When the child restraint is not in use, keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision, loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child restraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to these anchors. For additional information, see

“LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system” (P. 1-29).

If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and children of various sizes. When selecting any child restraint, keep the following points in mind:

• Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian

Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

• Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle's seat and seat belt system.

• If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child's height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures.

• If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint

(not both at the same time).

• If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5

kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint.

• Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forwardfacing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle.

LRS3319

LATCH system lower anchor locations

LATCH (Lower Anchors and

Tethers for CHildren) SYSTEM

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with LATCH system compatible child restraints. This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg) use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29

install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation.

The LATCH anchor points can be used to install child restraints in either the rear outboard seating positions or in the center rear seating position. Please refer to the following section of this Owner’s Manual for specific information about installing a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH anchors.

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision:

– Only attach LATCH system compatible child restraints to the Lower Anchors shown in the illustration. For additional information, refer to the following sections of this Owner’s

Manual for installation guidance.

– Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed.

Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

LRS3036

LATCH lower anchor location

The LATCH lower anchors are located as shown. A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors.

1-30 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS3318

LATCH in the center rear seating position

There are no LATCH anchors dedicated to the center rear seating position. However, the inboard LATCH anchors belonging to the two outboard seating positions (indicated by the arrows) can be used together to secure a CRS in the center rear seating position. These anchors are separated by a distance O of 17.2 in (438.5 mm). Before attempting to secure a CRS in this seating position, ensure that the CRS manufacturer’s instructions permit the use of LATCH anchors with the spacing indicated above.

(These are sometimes referred to as

“shared anchors” or “borrowed anchors.”)

CRS with rigid lower attachments cannot be installed in the center seat. This type of

CRS should only be installed in the outboard seating positions.

WARNING

Never attach two CRS attachments to the same LATCH anchor. This may overload the anchor in a collision, which could increase the risk of the occupant’s serious injury or death.

When installing the CRS in the center rear seating position with the inboard

LATCH anchors, be careful to ensure any occupant or CRS in the outboard seating positions is properly restrained using the vehicle seat belt and there is no interference with the center CRS installation. If the outboard occupants cannot be properly restrained, consider using the vehicle seat belt to restrain the

CRS in the center seating position, or moving the CRS to another position instead.

LRS0661

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments

LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with

LATCH. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31

LRS0662

LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

When installing a child restraint, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint.

Top tether anchor

WARNING

• Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap. Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage it during a collision. A child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged.

• Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorages, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

LRS2597

䊊

䊊

Rear bench seat

Top tether strap

Anchor point

Top tether anchor point locations

Anchor points are located in the following locations:

• Rear bench seat on the back side of the seatback in the seating positions shown.

If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

1-32 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT

INSTALLATION USING LATCH

For additional information, see all Warnings

and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-25) and

“Child restraints” (P. 1-27) before installing a

child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint in the rear bench seats using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.

LRS2997

Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2

LRS2996

Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors.

Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33

LRS0673

Rear-facing – step 3

3. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.

LRS0674

Rear-facing – step 4

4. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again.

You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 2 through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT

INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT

BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint.

Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision.

For additional information, see all Warnings

and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-25) and

“Child restraints” (P. 1-27) before installing a

child restraint.

1-34 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats:

WRS0256

Rear-facing – step 1

1.

Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat.

Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

WRS0761

Rear-facing – step 2

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35

LRS2395

Rear-facing – step 3

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

LRS2396

Rear-facing – step 4

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

WRS0762

Rear-facing – step 5

5. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.

1-36 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS2397

Rear-facing – step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode

(child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD

RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING

LATCH

For additional information, see all Warnings

and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-25) and

“Child restraints” (P. 1-27) before installing a

child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint in the rear bench seats using the LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37

LRS2995

Forward-facing webbing-mounted – step 2

LRS2994

Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attachments to the LATCH lower anchors.

Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. For additional information, see “Installing top tether strap”

(P. 1-40).

Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

3. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint/headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint/ headrest is removed, store it in a secure place.

Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed.

For additional information, see “Head restraints/headrests”

(P. 1-9).

If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

1-38 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 2 through 6.

LRS0671

Forward-facing – step 4

4. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions to remove any slack.

WRS0697

Forward-facing – step 6

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again.

You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39

LRS2597

䊊

䊊

Rear bench seat

Top tether strap

Anchor point

Installing top tether strap

The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments.

First, secure the child restraint with the

LATCH lower anchors.

Rear bench seat

1. Remove the head restraint/headrest and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed. For additional information, see “Head

restraints/headrests” (P. 1-9).

2. Position the top tether strap shown.

as

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point as shown.

4. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.

If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages.

The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD

RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING

THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Automatic

Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag. For additional information, see “Front pas-

senger air bag and status light” (P. 1-60).

1-40 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WRS0699

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) – step 1

For additional information, see all Warnings

and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-25) and

“Child restraints” (P. 1-27) before installing a

child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.

Follow these steps to install a forwardfacing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1.

If you must install a child restraint in the front seat, it should be placed in a forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost position.

Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and, therefore, must not be used in the front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint/headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit. If the head restraint/ headrest is removed, store it in a secure place.

Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed.

For additional information, see “Head restraints/headrests”

(P. 1-9).

If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41

Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

WRS0680

Forward-facing – step 3

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. For additional information, see “Installing top tether strap”

(P. 1-40).

1-42 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS2394

Forward-facing – step 4

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt retractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

LRS0668

Forward-facing – step 5

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

WRS0681

Forward-facing – step 6

6. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt; press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions to remove any slack.

WRS0698

Forward-facing – step 8

8. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43

9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.

LRS0865

Forward-facing – step 10

10. If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate. If this light is not illuminated see “Front passenger air bag

and status light” (P. 1-60).

Move the child restraint to another seating position.

Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode

(child restraint mode) is canceled.

1-44 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS2597

䊊

䊊

Rear row bench seat

Top tether strap

Anchor point

Installing top tether strap

The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with seat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt.

Rear bench seat

1. Remove the head restraint/headrest and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed. For additional information, see “Head

restraints/headrests” (P. 1-9).

2. Position the top tether strap shown.

as

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point as shown.

4. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.

If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

BOOSTER SEATS

For additional information on installing a booster seat in your vehicle, follow the instructions outlined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases:

– Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child's face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach.

– Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child's arm.

– A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/ shoulder belt.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45

A. Low back booster seat

B. High back booster seat

LRS2479 LRS0453

Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers. When selecting any booster seat, keep the following points in mind:

• Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal

Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

• Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

LRS0464

• Make sure the child’s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of the child’s ears. For example, if a low back booster seat is chosen, the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child’s ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of the child’s ears, a high back booster seat should be used.

• If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place the child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with the child. Always follow all recommended procedures.

1-46 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated.

The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoulder belt in the Automatic

Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, see all Warnings

and Cautions in “Child safety” (P. 1-25) and

“Child restraints” (P. 1-27) before installing a

child restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear bench seats or in the front passenger seat: WRS0699

1.

If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, move the seat to the rearmost position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.

Only place it in a front-facing direction.

Always follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47

Front passenger position

LRS0454

Rear center position

LRS0451 LRS0452

Rear outboard position

3. The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint/headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit. If the head restraint/ headrest is removed, store it in a secure place.

Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the booster seat is removed.

For additional information, see “Head restraints/headrests”

(P. 1-9).

1-48 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and instructions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in “Three-point type seat belt

with retractor” (P. 1-17).

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

(SRS)

LRS0865

7. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate, depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used. For additional information, see

“Front passenger air bag and status

light” (P. 1-60).

PRECAUTIONS ON SRS

This SRS section contains important information concerning the following systems:

• Driver and front passenger supplemental front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced

Air Bag System)

• Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag

• Rear outboard seat-mounted sideimpact supplemental air bag

• Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag

• Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bags

• Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front and rear outboard seats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag system

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side-impact collisions. The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

Rear outboard seat-mounted sideimpact supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the rear outboard seat passengers in certain side-impact collisions. The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side-impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time.

Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bags

This system can help cushion the impact force to the driver’s and front passenger’s knees in certain collisions.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and front passenger and rear outboard seat belts and is not a substitute for them. Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel, instrument panel and door finishers. For additional in-

formation, see “Seat belts” (P. 1-13).

The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the

ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in the

ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

1-50 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING

• The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents

WRS0031

• The front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit. For additional information, see “Front passenger air bag and status light”

(P. 1-60).

• The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat.

The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Always properly use the seat belts.

• The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The NISSAN Advanced Air

Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage, then inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51

• The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor (weight sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag OFF under some conditions. This sensor is only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

For additional information, see

“Front passenger air bag and status

light” (P. 1-60).

• Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured when the front air bag inflates.

1-52 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

ARS1133

ARS1041

WARNING

• Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

ARS1042

WARNING

• Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Preteens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible.

ARS1043

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53

ARS1044

1-54 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

ARS1045 ARS1046

WARNING

• Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air

Bag System, never install a rearfacing child restraint in the front seat.

An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. For additional information, see “Child re-

straints” (P. 1-27).

LRS3119

WARNING

• The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front and rear seat or near the side roof rails.

Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations.

WRS0431

WARNING

Front and rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags:

• The side air bags and curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55

WRS0032

WARNING

• When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be properly restrained. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

• Do not use seat covers on the front or rear seatbacks. They may interfere with side air bag inflation.

1-56 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0162 SSS0159

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System

(front seats)

3. Occupant classification sensor (weight sensor)

4. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag modules

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators

7. Rear outboard seat-mounted sideimpact supplemental air bag modules

8. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (rear outboard seats)

9. Satellite sensors (driver’s side shown; passengers side similar)

10. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats)

11. Pressure sensors in door (driver’s side shown; front passenger side similar)

12. Driver and front passenger supplemental knee air bags

13. Crash zone sensor

LRS3179

1. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passenger’s NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, please observe the following items.

• Do not allow a passenger in the rear bench seats to push or pull on the seatback pocket.

• Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, head restraint/headrest or in the seatback pocket.

• Make sure that there is nothing pressing against the rear of the seatback, such as a child restraint installed in the rear seat or an object stored on the floor.

• Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat.

• Make sure that there is no object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.

• If a forward-facing child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instrument panel. If the child restraint does contact the instrument panel, the system may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag may deploy in a collision. Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate.

For additional information, see “Child

restraints” (P. 1-27).

• Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light.

• If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as described in this section, get the occupant classification system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• Until you have confirmed with a dealer that your passenger seat occupant classification system is working properly, position the occupants in the rear seating positions.

• Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat. If the front seat does contact the rear seat, the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag status light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN

Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats. This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in

Canada.

All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The front passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the dashboard above the glove box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Vehicle

1-58 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper front air bag system operation.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors information from the crash zone sensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sensors and occupation classification sensor (weight sensor). Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the occupant classification sensor is also monitored. Based on information from the sensor, only one front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Additionally, the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag may be automatically turned off under some conditions, depending on the weight detected on the front passenger seat and how the seat belt is used. If the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag are OFF, the front passenger air bag status light will be illuminated. For additional information, see

“Front passenger air bag and status light”

(P. 1-60). One front air bag inflating does not

indicate improper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bag system, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer to obtain information about the system. If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact NISSAN. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner's Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken to not inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the face and chest of the front occupants.

They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags, other than the driver’s knee air bag, do not provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and front passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants. Because of this, the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, the front air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in the

ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59

CONDITION

Empty

Nobody/Somebody

Adult

LRS0865

Front passenger air bag and status light

DESCRIPTION

WARNING

The front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag are designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions. Read this section carefully to learn how it operates.

Proper use of the seat, seat belt, and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection. Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats, seat belts, and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

PASSENGER AIR BAG

STATUS LIGHT ( )

ON (illuminated)

Status light

The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor (weight sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat.

The status of the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light is located on the instrument panel.

which

After the ignition switch is placed in the

"ON" position, the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status.

The light operates as follows:

FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND FRONT PASSENGER

SUPPLEMENTAL KNEE AIR BAG STATUS

INHIBITED Empty front passenger seat

Bag or Child or Child Restraint or

Small Adult in front passenger seat

Adult in the front passenger seat

ON (illuminated)

OFF (dark)

INHIBITED

ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as described above depending on their weight.

For additional information, see “Normal op-

eration” (P. 1-62) and “Troubleshooting”

(P. 1-63).

1-60 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Front passenger air bag

The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below in accordance with U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned

OFF. Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements.

The occupant classification sensor in this vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight. For example, if a child is in the front passenger seat, the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the front passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, its weight and the child’s weight can be detected and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however if the occupant takes his/her weight off the seat cushion (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sensor to turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat. NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by the regulations. Failing to properly secure child restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in a collision or sudden stop. This can also result in the passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. For additional information about proper use and installa-

tion, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-27).

If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag are designed not to inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation, because of the object’s weight detected by the occupant classification sensor.

Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing on the seat, or if two children are on the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag status light, you can monitor when the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag are automatically turned OFF.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illuminated (indicating that the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag are OFF), it could be

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61

that the person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, the front passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated, depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used. If the air bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that the front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly, the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly. If the air bag status light is still not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned, it is recommended that you take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN dealer can check system status by using a special tool. However, until you have confirmed with a dealer that your air bag is working properly, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the front passenger seat status. This is normal system operation and does not indicate a malfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system, the supplemental air bag warning light , located in the meter and gauges area of the instrument panel, will be illuminated (blinking or steadily lit). Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operation

In order for the occupant classification sensor system to classify the front passenger based on weight, please follow the precautions and steps outlined below:

Precautions

• Make sure that there are no objects weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

• Make sure that a child restraint or other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback.

• Make sure that a rear passenger is not pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.

1-62 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

• Make sure that the front passenger seat or seatback is not forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

• Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat.

Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”

(P. 1-2) section of this manual. Sit upright,

leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with your feet comfortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on your lap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the

“Seat belts” (P. 1-13) section of this

manual. Front passenger seat belt buckle status is monitored by the occupant classification system, and is used as an input to determine occupancy status. So, it is highly recommended that the front passenger fasten their seat belt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds allowing the system to classify the front passenger before the vehicle is put into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checking the front passenger air bag status light.

NOTE:

This vehicle’s occupant classification sensor system generally keeps the classification locked during driving, so it is important that you confirm that the front passenger is properly classified prior to driving. However, the occupant classification sensor may recalculate the weight of the occupant under some conditions (both while driving and when stopped), so front passenger seat occupants should continue to remain seated as outlined above.

Troubleshooting

If you think the front passenger air bag status light is incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying the front passenger seat:

• Occupant is a small adult — the air bag light is functioning as intended. The front passenger air bag and front passenger supplemental knee air bag are suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a small adult, then this may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:

• Occupant is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor.

• A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.

• Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

• An object placed under the front passenger seat.

• An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially.

If the light is still ON after this, the person should be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat and the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child or child restraint occupying the front passenger seat.

This may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:

• Small adult or child is not sitting upright, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor.

• The child restraint is not properly installed, as outlined in the “Child restraints” section of this manual.

• An object weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket.

• A child restraint or other object pressing against the rear of the seatback.

• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.

• Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

• An object placed under the front passenger seat.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63

• An object placed between the seat cushion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially.

If the light is still OFF after this, the small adult, child or child restraint should be repositioned in the rear seat and the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger and no objects on the front passenger seat, the vehicle should be checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

Other supplemental front-impact air bag precautions

WARNING

• Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel. Also, do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate.

• Immediately after inflation, several front air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.

• No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system.

This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system.

• Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system, suspension system or front end structure. This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system.

• Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious personal injury. Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system.

• Removing or modifying the front passenger seat may affect the function of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

• Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, on the seat that are not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation. Additionally, do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback. Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor (weight sensor).

1-64 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

• No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system. This may affect the front air bag system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.

• It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for work on and around the front air bag. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system.

• A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility. A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's

Manual.

LRS3142

Front and rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems

The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front and rear outboard seats. The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails.

All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual must be followed.

The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-65

inflate in higher severity side collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity impact. They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side collisions.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for example, during severe offroading) may cause the curtain air bags to inflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front and rear outboard occupants. Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating side air bag and curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries.

Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver, front passenger and rear outboard occupants seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag.

Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants. Because of this, the force of the side air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, these air bag modules during inflation. The side air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over.

The curtain air bag will remain inflated for a short time.

The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in the

ON position, the supplemental air bag

1-66 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

• Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front and rear seats.

Also, do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front and rear door finisher and the front and rear seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflate.

• Right after inflation, several side air bag and curtain air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.

• No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.

• Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system, suspension system or side panel.

This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.

• Tampering with the side air bag system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front and rear seats by placing material near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material, such as seat covers, around the side air bag.

• It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for work on and around the side air bag and curtain air bag. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The SRS wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag or curtain air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this

Owner's Manual.

LRS2599

Driver’s side

Driver and passenger supplemental knee air bag

The knee air bag is located in the knee bolster, on the driver’s and passenger’s side.

All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed.

The knee air bag is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain collisions.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-67

LRS3250

Passenger’s side

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper knee air bag operation.

When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.

The knee air bag helps to cushion the impact force on the knees of the driver and passenger. It can help reduce serious injuries. However, an inflating knee air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. The knee air bag provides restraint to the lower body.

The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to help protect the occupants. Because of this, the force of the knee air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, this air bag module during inflation. The knee air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over

OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for a short time.

The knee air bag operates only when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

After placing the ignition switch in the

ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

• Do not place any objects between the knee bolster and the driver’s or passenger’s seat. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a knee air bag inflates.

• Right after inflation, the knee air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.

• No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the knee air bag system. This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the knee air bag system.

• Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system or suspension system. This could affect proper operation of the knee air bag system.

• Tampering with the knee air bag system may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the driver or passenger knee bolster or install additional trim material around the knee air bag.

1-68 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

• It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for work on and around the knee air bag. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The SRS wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the knee air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the knee air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s)

(front and rear outboard seats)

WARNING

• The pretensioner(s) cannot be reused after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit.

• If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but pretensioner(s) are not activated, be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and, if necessary, replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system. This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioner(s). Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury.

• It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for work on and around the pretensioner system. It is also recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical equipment. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system.

• If you need to dispose of the pretensioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.

The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) help tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions, helping to restrain front and rear outboard seat occupants.

The pretensioner(s) are encased within the seat belt retractor and to the seat belt anchor affixed to the floor of the vehicle.

These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts.

When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.

After the pretensioner(s’) activation, load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system. For additional information, see "Supplemental air bag warning

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-69

light" (P. 1-70). If the operation of the supple-

mental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner's

Manual.

LRS2617

1. SRS Air bag warning labels

The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visor.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING

LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it. If the air bag deploys, it may cause serious injury or death.

1-70 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LRS0100

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING

LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, displaying in the instrument panel, monitors the circuits for the air bag systems, pretensioner(s) and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing:

• The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.

• The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.

• The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly. They must be checked and repaired. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Repair and replacement procedure

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags, knee air bag and pretensioner(s) are designed to inflate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light remains illuminated after inflation has occurred. These systems should be repaired and/or replaced as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags, knee air bag, pretensioner(s) and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance. The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

• Once a front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, or knee air bag has inflated, the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced.

Additionally, the activated pretensioner(s) must also be replaced. The air bag module and pretensioner(s) should be replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. However, the air bag module and pretensioner(s) cannot be repaired.

• The front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be inspected if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner systems or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-71

• If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction, your Occupant

Classification Sensor (OCS) should be checked to verify it is still functioning correctly. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

The OCS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of the impact. Failure to verify proper OCS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in injury or death.

1-72 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

MEMO

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-73

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6

Distance To Empty (DTE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Warning/Indicator lights (red) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9

Warning/Indicator lights (yellow) . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Warning/Indicator lights (other) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16

Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

How to use the vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Vehicle information display warnings and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-31

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32

Rear switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

Rear window and outside mirror

(if so equipped) defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40

Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Climate controlled seat switches

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-44

Heated rear seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . 2-45

Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . 2-46

Dynamic driver assistance switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch . . . . . 2-47

E-call (SOS) button (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

12v outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52

Front-door pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52

Console side pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52

Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55

Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56

Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57

Luggage hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-57

Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Roof rack (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64

Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65

Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65

Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66

Luggage compartment light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66

Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-67

Programming HomeLink® for Canadian customers and gate openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69

Operating the HomeLink® Universal

Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69

Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69

Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . 2-70

Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70

If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70

INSTRUMENT PANEL

1.

2.

Vent (P. 4-26)

Headlight/fog light (if so equipped)/

turn signal switch (P. 2-35)

2-2 Instruments and controls

3.

Supplemental air bag (P. 1-49)

Horn (P. 2-42)

LII2574

4.

5.

Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)

Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-8)

Vehicle information display (P. 2-17)

Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)

Rear window wiper and washer switch

6.

7.

8.

9.

(P. 2-32)

Audio system/Center display controls*

Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)

Center display*

Navigation display (if so equipped)*

Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-49)

10.

Glove box (P. 2-52)

11.

Front passenger supplemental knee air

bag (P. 1-49)

12.

Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-49)

13.

Power outlet (P. 2-50)

14.

USB ports*

AUX jack*

15.

Heater and air conditioning controls

(P. 4-28)

16.

Shift lever (P. 5-18)

17.

Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-13)

18.

Cruise control switches (if so equipped)

(P. 5-55)

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches

(if so equipped) (P. 5-58)

19.

Driver supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-49)

20.

Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System/

Audio control switches*

21.

Hood release (P. 3-21)

Fuel door release (P. 3-29)

22.

Fuse box (P. 8-19)

23.

Heated steering wheel switch

(if so equipped) (P. 2-46)

Dynamic driver assistance switch

(P. 2-47)

Liftgate instrument panel switch

(if so equipped) (P. 3-22)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P. 2-47)

24.

Instrument brightness control (P. 2-40)

Twin trip odometer reset switch (P. 2-4)

*: Refer to the separate NissanConnect

®

Owner's Manual.

Refer to the page number indicated in parentheses for operating details.

Instruments and controls 2-3

METERS AND GAUGES

1.

Tachometer

2.

Warning and indicator lights

3.

Vehicle information display

Odometer

Twin Trip Odometer

4.

Speedometer

5.

Fuel gauge

6.

Engine coolant temperature gauge

2-4 Instruments and controls

LIC4125

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

This vehicle is equipped with a speedometer and odometer. The speedometer is located on the right side of the meter cluster. The odometer is located within the vehicle information display.

LIC2255

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

LIC2921

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer and the twin trip odometer

O are displayed in the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips.

Changing the display

Push the TRIP RESET switch

O on the left side of the instrument panel to change the display as follows:

Trip age → Trip

→ Trip → Odometer Mile-

Resetting the trip odometer

Pushing the TRIP RESET switch

O for more than 1 second resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero.

LIC3780

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev engine into the red zone

O

.

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the red zone, reduce engine speed. Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage.

Instruments and controls 2-5

LIC3538

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

GAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature. The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range O when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates coolant temperature near the hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature. If the gauge is over the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. If the engine is overheated, continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine. For additional information, see

“If your vehicle overheats” (P. 6-12) for

immediate action required.

LIC2222

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking, turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

The low fuel warning message shows in the vehicle information display when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

2-6 Instruments and controls

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers 0 (Empty).

The indicates that the fuel-filler door is located on the driver's side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

• If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible.

After a few driving trips, the light should turn off. If the light remains on after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• For additional information, see “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”

(P. 2-13).

DISTANCE TO EMPTY (DTE)

Displays the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven before refueling. The value is calculated based on recent fuel economy, the amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank, and the actual fuel consumption.

Changes in driving patterns or conditions can cause the DTE value to vary. As a result, the value displayed may differ from the actual distance that can be driven.

DTE display will change to “---” when the fuel level in the tank is getting low, prior to the fuel gauge reaching 0 (Empty).

NOTE:

• The DTE value after refill is estimated based on recent fuel economy and amount of fuel added.

• If a small amount of fuel is added, or the ignition is on during refueling, the display may not be updated.

• Conditions that affect the fuel economy will also affect the estimated

DTE value (city/highway driving, idle time, remote start time, terrain, seasonal weather, added vehicle weight, added deflectors, roof racks, etc.).

Instruments and controls 2-7

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS

AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Warning/Indicator light (red) or Brake warning light

Charge warning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

Master warning light

Seat belt warning light and chime

Security indicator light

Supplemental air bag warning light

Warning/Indicator light (yellow) or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection system warning light

Front passenger air bag status light

Low tire pressure warning light

Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)

Master warning light

Power steering warning light

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning light

Slip indicator light

Warning/Indicator light (other)

Front fog light indicator light (green)

(if so equipped)

High Beam Assist indicator light (green)

High beam indicator light (blue)

Side light and headlight indicator light

(green)

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (green)

2-8 Instruments and controls

Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light

Warning/Indicator light (other)

CHECKING LIGHTS

With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, fasten the seat belts and place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine. The following lights (if so equipped) will come on:

, or , , , , ,

The following lights (if so equipped) come on briefly and then go off: or , , , ,

If any light fails to come on or operate in a way other than described, it may indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a system malfunction. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Some indicators and warnings are also displayed in the vehicle information display between the speedometer and tachometer. For additional information, see “Ve-

hicle information display” (P. 2-17).

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS (red)

For additional information, see “Vehicle in-

formation display” (P. 2-17).

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems.

Low brake fluid warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid as necessary. For additional infor-

mation, see “Brake fluid” (P. 8-11).

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the warning system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

• Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on.

Driving could be dangerous. If you judge it to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous.

Instruments and controls 2-9

• Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and/or a low brake fluid level may increase your stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

• If the brake fluid level is below the

MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine is running, it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly. Turn the engine off and check the drive belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing, or if the light remains on, have your vehicle serviced immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the drive belt is loose, broken or missing.

Engine oil pressure warning light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop the engine immediately and call a

NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level.

Use the dipstick to check the oil level. For additional information, see “Engine oil”

(P. 8-6).

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately. Such damage is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited

Warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so.

Master warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle information display:

• Parking brake release warning

• Door open warning (when vehicle is moving)

• Shift into Park warning

• LED Headlight Failure warning (when red warning exists)

For additional information, see “Vehicle in-

formation display” (P. 2-17).

Seat belt warning light and chime

The light and chime remind you to fasten the driver and front passenger seat belts.

For additional information, see “Seat belts”

(P. 1-13).

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF, LOCK or ACC position.

The blinking security indicator light indicates that the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational.

For additional information, see “Security

systems” (P. 2-30).

2-10 Instruments and controls

Supplemental air bag warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, and pretensioner seat belt systems need servicing:

• The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds.

• The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.

• The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemental restraint system (air bag system) and/or the pretensioners may not function properly. For additional information, see

“Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)”

(P. 1-49).

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag systems and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS

(yellow)

For additional information, see “Vehicle in-

formation display” (P. 2-17).

or Anti-lock Braking

System (ABS) warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake system then operates normally but without antilock assistance. For additional information,

see “Brake system” (P. 5-119).

Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection system warning light

This light comes on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. It turns off after the engine is started.

This light illuminates when the AEB with

Pedestrian Detection system is set to OFF in the meter or when the Vehicle Dynamic

Control (VDC) system is turned off.

If the light illuminates when the AEB with

Pedestrian Detection system is on, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. For additional information, see “Automatic

Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian

Detection” (P. 5-87) and “Intelligent Forward

Collision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-97).

Instruments and controls 2-11

Front passenger air bag status light

The front passenger air bag status light will be lit and the passenger front air bag and passenger knee air bag will be off depending on how the front passenger seat is being used.

For additional information, see “Front pas-

senger air bag and status light” (P. 1-60).

Low tire pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the

TPMS is not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the warning light will illuminate. A “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning also appears in the vehicle information display.

2-12 Instruments and controls

When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire pressure of all four tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver's door opening.

The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the

TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.

For additional information, see “Vehicle in-

formation display” (P. 2-17) and “Tire Pres-

sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5).

TPMS malfunction

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

The "Tire Pressure Low — Add Air" warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a

TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-

sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5) and

“Tire pressure” (P. 8-27).

WARNING

• Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.

• If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch placed in the ON position, have the vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• If the light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury or death. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended

COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label located in the driver’s door opening to turn the low tire pressure warning light off. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the

TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• When using a wheel without the

TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for these services.

• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the

TPMS.

CAUTION

• The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check. Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly.

• If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 mph (25 km/h), the TPMS may not operate correctly.

• Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly.

Malfunction Indicator Light

(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate a potential emission control malfunction.

The MIL may also come on steady if the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-filler cap is installed and closed tightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists.

If this indicator light comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection/maintenance test. For additional information, see “Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test”

(P. 10-32).

Instruments and controls 2-13

Operation

The MIL will come on in one of two ways:

• MIL on steady — An emission control system malfunction has been detected.

Check the fuel-filler cap if the Loose Fuel

Cap warning appears in the vehicle information display. If the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle. The light should turn off after a few driving trips. If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer.

• MIL blinking — An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system. To reduce or avoid emission control system damage:

– do not drive at speeds above 45 mph

(72 km/h).

– avoid hard acceleration deceleration.

– avoid steep uphill grades.

or

– if possible, reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed.

The MIL may stop blinking and come on steady. Have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability, reduced fuel economy, and possible damage to the emission control system.

Master warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle information display:

• No Key Detected warning

• Low windshield washer fluid warning

• Door open warning (when vehicle is stopped)

• Low tire pressure warning

• Loose Fuel Cap warning

• Traffic Sign Recognition system fault (if so equipped)

2-14 Instruments and controls

• Driver Attention Alert system fault (if so equipped)

• Push Engine Start Lock warning

• Incorrect Key warning

• I-Key System Fault warning

• CVT warning

• Sonar Parking Sensor Error warning

• LED Headlight Failure warning (when no other red warnings are on)

• Chassis Control warning

• Tire size incorrect warning

• AWD system error warning

• AWD high temperature warning

For additional information, see “Vehicle in-

formation display” (P. 2-17).

Power steering warning light

WARNING

• If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work.

Steering will be harder to operate.

• When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, there will be no power assist for the steering. You will still have control of the vehicle, but the steering will be harder to operate. Have the power steering system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the power steering warning light illuminates. After starting the engine, the power steering warning light turns off. This indicates the power steering is operational.

If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the power steering is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the power steering checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, there will be no power assist for the steering, but you will still have control of the vehicle. At this time, greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

For additional information, see “Power

steering” (P. 5-118).

Rear Automatic Braking

(RAB) system warning light

(if so equipped)

This light comes on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. It turns off after the engine is started.

This light illuminates when the RAB system is turned off in the vehicle information display.

If the light illuminates when the RAB system is on, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. For additional information, see

“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-82).

Slip indicator light

This indicator light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is operating, thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working; this is normal.

The light will blink for a few seconds after the VDC system stops limiting wheel spin.

The indicator light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the

ON position. The light will turn off after approximately 2 seconds if the system is operational. If the light does not come on have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when the

VDC OFF switch is pushed to off. This indicates the VDC system has been turned off.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine and the system will operate normally. For additional information, see

“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”

(P. 5-121).

The VDC OFF indicator light also comes on when you place the ignition switch in the

ON position. The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is operational. If the light stays on or comes on along with the indicator light while you are driving, have the VDC system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

Instruments and controls 2-15

While the VDC system is operating, you might feel a slight vibration or hear the system working when starting the vehicle or accelerating, but this is normal.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS

(other)

For additional information, see “Vehicle in-

formation display” (P. 2-17).

Front fog light indicator light (green) (if so equipped)

The front fog light indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are on. For additional information, see “Fog light

switch” (P. 2-41).

High Beam Assist indicator light (green)

This indicator light illuminates when the headlights come on while the headlight switch is in the AUTO position with the high beams selected. This indicates that the high beam assist is operational.

For additional information, see “Headlight

and turn signal switch” (P. 2-35).

High beam indicator light

(blue)

This blue light comes on when the headlight high beams are on and goes out when the low beams are selected.

Side light and headlight indicator light (green)

The side light and headlight indicator light illuminates when the side light or headlight position is selected. For additional information, see “Headlight and turn signal switch”

(P. 2-35).

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (green)

The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal switch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned on.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a disc brake pad requires replacement, it makes a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion, whether or not the brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard.

Light reminder chime

With the ignition switch placed in the OFF position, a chime sounds when the driver's door is opened if the headlights or parking lights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off before leaving the vehicle.

NISSAN Intelligent Key® door buzzer (if so equipped)

The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if any one of the following improper operations is found.

• The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle when locking the doors.

• The Intelligent Key is taken outside the vehicle when operating the vehicle.

When the buzzer sounds, be sure to check both the vehicle and the Intelligent Key. For additional information, see “NISSAN Intelli-

gent Key®” (P. 3-7).

2-16 Instruments and controls

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

LIC3224

The vehicle information display is located to the left of the speedometer. It displays such items as:

• Home

• Audio information

• Navigation information (if so equipped)

• Drive computer information

• Fuel economy information

• Driving aids information (if so equipped)

• Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped)

• Tire pressure information

• Indicators and warnings

• Vehicle and meter display settings

• Cruise control status

• Odometer/twin trip odometer

• Gear position information (P, R, N, D)

• Distance To Empty and fuel indicator

• Time

• Outside Air Temperature

The display will be interrupted when a phone call is received. Phone calls can be answered or rejected through the steering wheel controls.

LIC3778

HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE

INFORMATION DISPLAY

The vehicle information display can be changed using the OK and buttons located on the steering wheel.

1. OK — change or select an item in the vehicle information display.

— scroll up or down the vehicle information menu items. If the vehicle information display is not showing a menu with the buttons, pressing the will change to the previous/next audio preset.

Instruments and controls 2-17

2.

— go back or forward through the vehicle information menu items or to change from one display screen to the next (i.e. trip, TPMS, fuel economy).

The OK and buttons also control audio and control panel functions in some conditions. Most screens and menus offer instruction prompts of the steering switch buttons to indicate how to control the vehicle information display. An orange cursor is shown to indicate where you are in the available menu items. A scroll bar with up and down arrows will appear if there is more than one page of menu items. For additional information, refer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s

Manual.

STARTUP DISPLAY

When the vehicle in placed in the ON or ACC position the screens that display in the vehicle information display include:

• Home

• Audio

• Navigation (if so equipped)

• Drive computer

• Fuel economy

• Driving aids (if so equipped)

• Speed Limit Sign (if so equipped)

• Tire pressure information

• Warning review

• Settings

The warnings review title screen will show how many active warnings exist, or “No items to review” in the event that no warnings are active. For additional information on warnings and indicators, see “Vehicle information display warnings and indica-

tors” (P. 2-24).

To control what items display in the vehicle information display, see “Customize Dis-

play” (P. 2-20).

SETTINGS

The setting mode allows you to change the information displayed in the vehicle information display:

• Driver Assistance

• Customize Display

• Vehicle Settings

• Maintenance

• Clock

• TPMS Settings

• Unit / Language

• Key-Linked Settings

• Factory Reset

2-18 Instruments and controls

Driver Assistance

The driver assistance menu allows the user to change the various driving aids.

Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Lane

Lane Departure Warning

Timer Alert

Menu item

Low Temperature Alert

Cruise Control Alerts

Explanation

Displays available lane options.

Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system on or off. For additional information, see “Lane Departure

Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-27).

Lane Departure Prevention Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) on or off when the engine is running The system will reset to off af-

ter every ignition cycle. For additional information, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-32).

Blind Spot Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems on or off. For additional infor-

mation, see “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P. 5-38) and “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-47).

Speed Limit Sign

Parking Aids

Sensor

Allows user to turn the Speed Limit Sign recognition on or off. For additional information, see “Traffic Sign Recognition” (P. 5-24).

Displays available parking aids.

Displays available sensor options.

Front and rear sonar is on.

Display

Volume

Range

Emergency Brake

Front

Rear

ON

OFF

Front Only

Front and rear sonar is off.

Only front sonar is on.

Allows user to turn the parking aids display on or off.

Allows the user to set the parking sensor volume to High/Med./Low

Allows user to set the parking sensor range to Near/Mid/Far.

Displays available emergency brake options.

Allows user to turn the front emergency braking system on or off. For additional information, see “Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection” (P. 5-87) and “Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-97).

Allows user to turn the rear emergency braking system on or off. For additional information, see “Rear Automatic Braking

(RAB)” (P. 5-82)..

Driver Attention Alert Allows user to turn the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) on or off. For additional information, see “Intelligent Driver Alertness

(I-DA)” (P. 5-109).

Allows user to set or reset the timer alert. The timer alert is based on when the ignition is placed in the ON position.

Allows user to turn the low temperature alert on or off.

Allows user to turn the cruise control alerts on or off.

Instruments and controls 2-19

Customize Display

The customize display menu allows the user to customize the information that appears in the vehicle information display.

Some menu items shown below may not be equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item

Main Menu Selection

Home

Audio

Navigation

Drive Computer

Fuel Economy

Driving Aids

Speed Limit Sign

Tire Pressures

Car Icon Color

ECO Info Settings

ECO Drive Report

View History

Navigation Settings

Alerts

View Mode

Welcome Effect

Gauges

Animation

Explanation

Displays available main menu items to display in the vehicle information display.

Allows user to turn the home screen on or off.

Allows user to turn the audio screen on or off.

Allows user to turn the navigation screen on or off.

Allows user to turn the drive computer screen on or off.

Allows user to turn the fuel economy screen on or off.

Allows user to turn the driving aids screen on or off.

Allows user to turn the speed limit sign screen on or off.

Allows user to turn the tire pressures screen on or off.

Allows user to select the color of the vehicle shown in the vehicle information display.

Displays the various ECO info settings.

Select to display this report for a period of time when the ignition is turned off.

Select to view the vehicle’s fuel consumption history.

Displays the various navigation settings.

Allows user to disable the interrupt alerts for upcoming turns.

Allows user to select the “Arrow” mode for displaying the upcoming turn or “City” mode for displaying the intersection on a map when available.

Displays the various welcome effect settings.

Allows the user to disable the gauge pointer sweep during vehicle startup.

Allows the user to disable the welcome animation during vehicle startup.

2-20 Instruments and controls

Vehicle Settings

The vehicle settings allow the user to change the settings for lights, wipers, locking, keys, and other vehicle settings.

Some menu items shown below may not equipped on your vehicle.

Menu item

Rear Door Alert

OFF

Horn & Alert

Alert Only

Lighting

Accent Lighting

Light Sensitivity

Light Off Delay

Turn Indicator

3 Flash Pass

Locking

Ext. Door Switch

Selective Unlock

Answer Back Horn

Auto Door Unlock

OFF

Ignition OFF

Explanation

Displays the available Rear Door Alert options. For additional information, see “Rear Door Alert” (P. 2-48).

When selected, no alert or horn will be active.

When selected, the alert is displayed and horn sounds.

When selected, only the alert is displayed.

Displays the various lighting settings.

Allows the user to adjust the brightness of the accent lights.

Allows the user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle.

Allows the user to change the duration of time, from 0 to 180 seconds, that the automatic headlights stay on after the vehicle is shut off.

Displays available turn indicator settings.

Allows the user to turn the 3 flash pass on or off.

Displays the various locking settings.

Allows user to turn the exterior door switch on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the door is activated.

Allows user to turn selective unlock on and off. When turned on, the driver’s door is unlocked and the door handle request switch on the driver’s or front passenger’s door is pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 1 minute. When this item is turned to OFF, all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once.

Allows user to turn answer back horn on or off. When turned on, the horn will chirp and the hazard indicators will flash once when locking the vehicle with the Intelligent Key.

Displays the options for the auto door unlock.

Doors will have to be manually unlocked.

Doors will unlock when the ignition is turned off.

Instruments and controls 2-21

Shift into Park

Wipers

Speed Dependent

Driving Position

Exit Seat Slide

Exit Steering Up

Remote Engine Start

Doors will unlock when the vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Displays the various wipers settings.

Allows the user to turn the speed dependent feature on or off.

Displays the various driving position settings.

Allows the user to turn the exit seat slide on or off. When turned on, the driver seat will slide back after ignition

is turned off for easy exit of the vehicle. For additional information, see "Memory seat" (P. 3-37).

Allows the user to turn the exit steering up on or off. When turned on, the steering wheel will rise after ignition

is turned off for easy exit of the vehicle. For additional information, see "Memory seat" (P. 3-37).

Allows user to turn the Remote Engine Start on or off. When turned on, the engine can be restarted remotely.

For additional information, see “Remote Engine Start” (P. 3-18).

Maintenance

The maintenance menu allows the user to set reminders for various vehicle maintenance items.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks. For additional informa-

tion, see “Changing wheels and tires” (P. 8-35). Many factors including tire inflation, alignment, driving habits and road conditions

affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the tire replacement indicator for a certain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks.

Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision, which could result in serious personal injury or death.

Menu item

Maintenance

Oil and Filter

Tire

Other

Displays various maintenance reminder options.

Explanation

Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.

Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.

Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.

2-22 Instruments and controls

Clock

Clock

Menu item Explanation

The vehicle clock can only be adjusted from the audio center display. When selected, the user will be instructed to go to the settings menu in the audio center display. For additional information, refer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner's Manual.

TPMS Settings

The TPMS settings menu allows the user to change the tire pressure units displayed in the vehicle information display.

Tire Pressure Unit

Menu item Explanation

Allows the user to select the tire pressure units that will display in the vehicle information display.

Unit/Language

The Unit/Language menu allows the user to change the units and language shown in the vehicle information display.

Mileage/Fuel

Tire Pressure Unit

Temperature

Language

Menu item Explanation

Allows user to select different mileage display units.

Allows user to select different pressure display units.

Allows user to select different temperature display units.

Allows user to select different languages.

Key-Linked Settings

Menu item

System

Explanation

Allows user to turn the Key-Linked Settings on or off. For additional information, see "Memory seat" (P. 3-37).

Factory Reset

The factory reset menu allows the user to restore the vehicle information display settings to factory status.

Factory Reset

Menu item Explanation

Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once selected, the user can confirm or cancel the reset.

Instruments and controls 2-23

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

WARNINGS AND INDICATORS

The following messages may appear in your vehicle information display.

Engine start operation for

Intelligent Key system (if

I-Key battery level is low)

This indicator appears when the battery of the Intelligent Key is low and when the Intelligent Key system and the vehicle are not communicating normally.

If this appears, touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key while depressing the brake pedal. For additional information, see “NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery dis-

charge” (P. 5-15).

Key Battery Low

This indicator appears when the Intelligent

Key battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the battery with a new one. For additional infor-

mation, see “Battery replacement” (P. 8-23).

Key ID Incorrect

This warning appears when the ignition switch is placed from the OFF position and the Intelligent Key is not recognized by the system. You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key.

For additional information, see “NISSAN In-

telligent Key®” (P. 3-7).

Key System Fault See

Owner’s Manual

After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, this warning appears for a period of time and then turns off.

The Key System Fault message warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system. If the warning appears while the engine is stopped, it may be impossible to start the engine.

If the warning appears while the engine is running, you can drive the vehicle. However, in these cases, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

No Key Detected

This warning appears when the Intelligent

Key is left outside the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ON position. Make sure the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

For additional information, see “NISSAN In-

telligent Key®” (P. 3-7).

Brightness indicator

This indicator shows the brightness adjustment of the instrument panel. For additional information, see “Instrument bright-

ness control” (P. 2-40).

Rear Door Alert is activated

When the system is enabled, this message appears when the Rear Door Alert system is active and can remind the driver to check the back seat.

• Using the steering wheel switch, a driver can select “Dismiss Message” to clear the display for a period of time. If no selection is made, this message automatically turns off after a period of time.

• Using the steering wheel switch, a driver can select “Disable Alert” to disable the horn alert for the remainder of the current trip.

2-24 Instruments and controls

WARNING

Selecting “Dismiss Message” during a stop within a trip temporarily dismisses the message for that stop without turning the system off. Alerts can be provided for other stops during the trip. Selecting “Disable Alert” turns off the Rear Door Alert system for the remainder of a trip and no audible alert will be provided.

NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver enables it using the vehicle information display. For additional information, see

“How to use the vehicle information dis-

play” (P. 2-17).

For additional information, see “Rear Door

Alert” (P. 2-48).

Check Rear Seat For All Articles

When the system is enabled, this message appears when the vehicle comes to a complete stop, the vehicle is transitioned from the D (Drive) position to P (Park) position, and the driver exits the vehicle. This message alerts the driver, after a period of time, to check for items in the rear seat after the audible alert has been provided.

NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver enables it using the vehicle information display. For additional information, see

“How to use the vehicle information dis-

play” (P. 2-17).

For additional information, see “Rear Door

Alert” (P. 2-48).

Door/liftgate Open

This warning appears when a door or the liftgate has been opened.

Headlight System Error: See Owner’s

Manual

This warning appears when the LED headlights are not functioning properly.

If this warning appears, have your system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

Loose Fuel Cap

This warning appears when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. For additional in-

formation, see “Fuel-filler cap” (P. 3-29).

Low Fuel

This warning appears when the fuel level in the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty).

There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).

Low Outside Temperature

This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37°F (3°C). The temperature can be changed to display in Celsius or

Fahrenheit. For additional information, see

“Settings” (P. 2-18).

Low Washer Fluid

This warning appears when the windshield-washer fluid is at a low level.

Add windshield-washer fluid as necessary.

For additional information,

“Windshield-washer fluid” (P. 8-12).

see

Power will turn off to save the battery

This message appears in the vehicle information display after a period of time if the ignition switch is in the ACC or the ON position and if the vehicle is in P (Park). For additional information, see “Push-button

ignition switch positions” (P. 5-13).

Instruments and controls 2-25

Power turned off to save the battery

This message appears after the ignition switch is automatically turned to off. For additional information, see “Push-button

ignition switch positions” (P. 5-13)

Push brake and start switch to drive

This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the P (Park) position.

This indicator also appears when the vehicle has been started using the Remote

Engine Start (if so equipped) function.

This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed. You can start the engine from any position of the ignition switch.

Push Ignition to OFF

After the Push Ignition to OFF warning appears, the warning will appear if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC position when the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position.

To turn off the Push warning, place the ignition switch in the ON position and then in the LOCK position.

Release Parking Brake

This warning appears in the message area of the vehicle information display when the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven.

Reminder: Turn OFF

Headlights

This warning appears when the headlights are left in the ON position when exiting the vehicle. Place the headlight switch in the

OFF or AUTO position. For additional information, see “Headlight and turn signal

switch” (P. 2-35).

Shift to Park

This warning appears when the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the shift lever is not in the P (Park) position. Also, a chime sounds when the ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position.

If this warning appears, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position or start the engine.

Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

This warning may appear if the extended storage switch is not pushed in. When this warning appears, push in the extended storage switch to turn off the warning. For additional information, see “Extended stor-

age switch” (P. 2-51).

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air

This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected. The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressures of all four tires to the recommended

COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and

Loading Information label. For additional information, see “Low tire pressure warning

light” (P. 2-12) and “Tire Pressure Monitoring

System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5).

Transmission Shift Position indicator

This indicator shows the transmission shift position.

2-26 Instruments and controls

AWD Error: See Owner’s

Manual

This warning appears when the all-wheel drive system is not functioning properly while the engine is running.

AWD High Temp. Stop

Vehicle

This warning may appear while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil temperature.

The driving mode may change to 2-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so.

Then if the warning turns off, you can continue driving.

Tire Size Incorrect: See

Owner’s Manual

This warning may appear if there is a large difference between the diameters of the front and rear wheels. Pull off the road in a safe area, with the engine idling. Check that all the tire sizes are the same, that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn.

CVT Error: See Owner's

Manual

This warning appears when the there is a problem with the CVT system. If this warning appears, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Alarm - Time for a break?

This indicator appears when the driver enables the timer alert function within the driver assistance settings and the selected set time is expired. The time is based on ignition on time and can be set up to six hours.

Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection emergency warning indicator

This indicator appears along with an audible warning, when the system detects the possibility of a forward collision.

For additional information, see “Automatic

Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian

Detection” (P. 5-87).

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) and Rear Cross Traffic Alert

(RCTA) indicator

This indicator appears when the BSW and

RCTA systems are engaged.

For additional information, see “Blind Spot

Warning (BSW)” (P. 5-38) and “Rear Cross

Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-47).

Cruise control indicator

These indicators show the cruise control system status.

For additional information, see “Cruise con-

trol” (P. 5-55).

Cruise ON

This message appears if the cruise control switch on the steering wheel is pressed and Cruise Control Alerts are enabled in the vehicle information display.

For additional information, see “Cruise con-

trol” (P. 5-55).

Cruise Target Speed SET

This message will appear if the Cruise Control system is on when the SET switch is pushed and the Cruise Control Alerts are enabled.

Instruments and controls 2-27

For additional information, see “Cruise con-

trol” (P. 5-55).

Currently Unavailable

This message appears when the Vehicle

Dynamic Control (VDC) system is turned off. The Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system will be turned off automatically. For additional information, see “Vehicle Dy-

namic Control (VDC) system” (P. 5-121) and

“Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-32).

Driver Attention Alert -

Take a Break?

This alert appears when the system has detected that the driver may be displaying fatigue or a lack of attention.

Driver Attention Alert

Malfunction

This warning appears when the Intelligent

Driver Alertness (I-DA) system is not functioning properly. For additional information, see

“Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)” (P. 5-109).

Forward Driving Aids temporarily disabled. Front Sensor blocked. See

Owner’s Manual

This message appears when the front radar sensor may be obstructed due to:

• mud, dirt, snow, ice, etc.

• inclement weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)

All forward driving aids are temporarily disabled until the system detects that the front radar sensor is no longer obstructed.

For additional information, see:

• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection (P. 5-87)

• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (P. 5-58)

• Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-

FCW) (P. 5-97)

Lane Departure Warning

(LDW)/ Intelligent Lane

Intervention (I-LI) indicator

This indicator appears when the LDW and/or Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) systems are engaged.

For additional information, see “Lane De-

parture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-27) and “Intelli-

gent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-32).

Intelligent Cruise Control

(ICC) indicators

These indicators show the Intelligent

Cruise Control (ICC) system status. For additional information, see “Intelligent Cruise

Control (ICC)” (P. 5-58).

Intelligent Cruise ON

This message appears if the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switch on the steering wheel is pressed and Cruise Control Alerts are enabled in the vehicle information display.

For additional information, see “Intelligent

Cruise Control (ICC)” (P. 5-58).

Malfunction See Owner’s Manual

This warning appears when one of the following systems (if so equipped) is not functioning properly:

• Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection

• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

• Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA)

• Intelligent Forward Collision Warning

(I-FCW)

• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

• Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)

• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If one or more of these warning appears, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

2-28 Instruments and controls

For additional information, see “Automatic

Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian

Detection” (P. 5-87), “Blind Spot Warning

(BSW)” (P. 5-38), “Driver Attention Alert”

(P. 5-109), “Intelligent Forward Collision

Warning (I-FCW)” (P. 5-97), “Lane Departure

Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-27), “Rear Automatic

Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-82) and “Rear Cross Traf-

fic Alert (RCTA)” (P. 5-47).

Parking Sensor

This indicator appears when the sensor is activated. Pressing the button while the sonar screen is displayed will dismiss this message until the next time the sensors are activated. The Parking Sensor system will remain on, unless it is disabled in the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Front and rear so-

nar system” (P. 5-124).

Rear Automatic Braking

(RAB) indicator

This indicator appears to indicate the status of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system. For additional information, see

“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-82).

Speed Limit Sign indicator

This message may appear when the Traffic

Sign Recognition system is engaged.

For additional information, see “Traffic Sign

Recognition” (P. 5-24).

Target Speed SET with Intelligent

Distance Control

This message will appear if the Intelligent

Cruise Control system is on when the SET switch is pushed and the Cruise Control

Alerts are enabled.

For additional information, see “Intelligent

Cruise Control (ICC)” (P. 5-58).

Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature

This message appears when the camera detects an interior temperature of more than 104°F (40°C). For additional information, see “Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB) with Pedestrian Detection” (P. 5-87),

“Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)” (P. 5-58), “In-

telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-32),

“Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-27) or

“Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)” (P. 5-24).

Unavailable: Road is Slippery

This message appears when the Intelligent

Cruise Control (ICC) or the Intelligent Lane

Intervention (I-LI) systems become unavailable because the road is slippery. For additional information, see “Intelligent

Cruise Control (ICC)” (P. 5-58) or “Intelligent

Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P. 5-32).

Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction

This message appears when one of the following systems (if so equipped) becomes unavailable because a radar blockage is detected.

• Blind Spot Warning (BSW) (P. 5-38)

• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) (P. 5-47)

Vehicle ahead detection indicator

This indicator appears when the Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection system is engaged and has detected a vehicle.

For additional information, see “Automatic

Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian

Detection” (P. 5-87).

Instruments and controls 2-29

SECURITY SYSTEMS

LIC2930

Your vehicle has two types of security systems:

• Vehicle security system

• NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visual and audible alarm signals if someone opens the doors, liftgate or the hood when the system is armed. It is not, however, a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period.

Never leave your Intelligent Key in the vehicle, and always lock the vehicle when unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection, such as component locks, identification markers, and tracking systems, are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops. A NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment. Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features.

How to arm the vehicle security system

1. Close all windows and the moonroof (if so equipped).

The system can be armed even if the windows and moonroof are open.

2. Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.

3. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lock all doors. The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key, door handle request switch or power door lock switch.

Key fob operation:

4. Confirm that the comes on. The indicator light indicator stays illuminated for a period of time indicating that the system is in the pre-armed phase.

The indicator light will blink every

3 seconds once the security system is armed.

If during the pre-armed phase one of the following occurs, the system will not arm:

• A door is opened with the release button with the Intelligent Key on your person.

• The doors are unlocked using the unlock button on the Intelligent Key.

• The ignition switch is placed in the ACC or

ON position.

2-30 Instruments and controls

• Even when the driver and/or passengers are in the vehicle, the system will activate when all the doors, hood and liftgate are locked with the ignition switch placed in the LOCK position.

When placing the ignition switch in the

ACC or ON position, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activation

The vehicle security system will give the following alarm:

• The turn signals blink and the horn sounds intermittently.

• The alarm automatically turns off after a period of time. However, the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again. The alarm can be shut off by unlocking the driver's door or liftgate by pressing the gent Key.

button on the Intelli-

The alarm is activated by:

• Opening the door or liftgate without using the Intelligent Key (even if the door is unlocked by releasing the door inside lock switch).

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver’s door or the liftgate by pressing the button on the Intelligent Key or pushing the request switch on the driver's or passenger's door with the Intelligent Key in range of the door handle.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of a registered key.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry

Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Instruments and controls 2-31

LIC0474

Security indicator light

The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the OFF,

LOCK or ACC position.

This function indicates the NISSAN Vehicle

Immobilizer System is operational.

If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning, the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

2-32 Instruments and controls

If the light still remains on and/or the engine will not start, seek service for the

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System as soon as possible. Please bring all registered keys that you have. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

LIC3028

SWITCH OPERATION

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm the windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.

• Do not operate the washer if the windshield-washer fluid reservoir is empty.

• Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir with windshieldwasher fluid concentrates at full strength.

Some methyl alcohol based windshield-washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshieldwasher fluid concentrate and water.

NOTE:

If the windshield wiper operation is interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper.

The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed:

Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward

O

(slower) or

O

(faster).

Also, the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed (if so equipped). (For example, when the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent operation speed will be faster.)

Low (LO) — continuous low speed operation

High (HI) — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up

O to have one sweep operation (MIST) of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you

O to operate the washer. The wiper will also operate several times.

NOTE:

The Speed Dependent feature may be disabled. For additional information, see

“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-17).

LIC3101

REAR SWITCH OPERATION

If the rear window wiper operation is interrupted by snow, etc., the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove the snow, etc. on and around the wiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn the switch

ON again to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper.

Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not adjustable)

Instruments and controls 2-33

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE

MIRROR (if so equipped)

DEFROSTER SWITCH

Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward

O to operate the washer. The wiper will also operate several times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the window and obscure your vision. Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window.

• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer's recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshieldwasher fluid concentrate and water.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds.

• Do not operate the washer if the windshield-washer fluid reservoir is empty.

• Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir with windshieldwasher fluid concentrates at full strength.

Some methyl alcohol based windshield-washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

2-34 Instruments and controls

LIC2923

To defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors (if so equipped), place the ignition switch in the ON position and push the rear window defroster switch on. The rear window defroster indicator light on the switch comes on. Push the switch again to turn the defroster off.

The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster.

NOTE:

The top and bottom few rows of wires on the rear window are not part of the rear window defroster system. These wires make up the antenna for the audio system.

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL

SWITCH

LIC3240

Type A (if so equipped)

HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

Lighting

Rotate the switch to the position, and the front parking, tail, license plate, and instrument panel lights will come on.

Rotate the switch to the position, and the headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on.

LIC3241

Type B (if so equipped)

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

Instruments and controls 2-35

Type C (if so equipped)

LIC4564

Type D (if so equipped)

LIC4597 LIC3474

Autolight system

The autolight system allows the headlights to turn on and off automatically. The autolight system can:

• Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail, license plate and instrument panel lights automatically when it is dark.

• Turn off all the lights (except daylight running lights) when it is light.

• Keep all the lights on for a period of time after you place the ignition switch in the

OFF position and all doors are closed.

2-36 Instruments and controls

NOTE:

Autolight activation sensitivity and the time delay for autolight shutoff can be adjusted. For additional information, see “Vehicle information dis-

play” (P. 2-17).

To turn on the autolight system:

1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO position .

2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is turned off and a door is opened and left open, the headlights remain on for a period of time. If another door is opened while the headlights are on, then the timer is reset.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to the OFF (if so equipped), , or position.

LIC2237

Be sure you do not put anything on top of the autolight sensor located in the top side O of the instrument panel. The autolight sensor controls the autolight; if it is covered, the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out and the headlights will illuminate. If this occurs while parked with the engine off and the ignition switch placed in the ON position, your vehicle's battery could become discharged.

LIC3250

Headlight beam select

To select the high beam function, push the lever forward while the low beams are on. The high beam lights come on and the indicator light illuminates.

Pull the lever back to return to the low beams.

Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the headlight high beams on and off.

The low beams do not need to be on for this to function.

Instruments and controls 2-37

High Beam Assist

The High Beam Assist system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) and above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle appears in front of your vehicle when the headlight high beam is on, the headlight will be switched to the low beam automatically.

WARNING

• The High Beam Assist system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for safe driving operation. The driver should remain alert at all times, ensure safe driving practices and switch the high beams and low beam manually when necessary.

• The high beam or low beam may not switch automatically under the following conditions. Switch the high beam and low beam manually.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).

– When a light source similar to a headlight or tail light is in the vicinity of the vehicle.

– When the headlights of the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle are turned off, when the color of the light is affected due to foreign materials on the lights, or when the light beam is out of position.

– When there is a sudden, continuous change in brightness.

– When driving on a road that passes over rolling hills, or a road that has level differences.

– When driving on a road with many curves.

– When a sign or mirror-like surface is reflecting intense light towards the front of the vehicle.

– When the container, etc. being towed by a leading vehicle is reflecting intense light.

– When a headlight on your vehicle is damaged or dirty.

– When the vehicle is leaning at an angle due to a punctured tire, being towed, etc.

• The timing of switching the low beam and high beam may change under the following situations.

– The brightness of the headlights of the oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle.

– The movement and direction of the oncoming vehicle and the leading vehicle.

– When only one light on the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is illuminated.

– When the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is a two-wheeled vehicle.

– Road conditions (incline, curve, the road surface, etc.).

– The number of passengers and the amount of luggage.

2-38 Instruments and controls

LIC4115

High Beam Assist operation

To activate the High Beam Assist system, turn the headlight switch to the AUTO position

O and push the lever forward

(high beam position). The High Beam

Assist indicator light in the meter will illuminate while the headlights are turned on.

If the High Beam Assist indicator light does not illuminate in the above condition, it may indicate that the system is not functioning properly. Have the system checked, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 16 mph (25 km/h), the headlight uses the low beam.

To turn off the High Beam Assist system, turn the headlight switch to the position or select the low beam position by placing the lever in the neutral position.

LSD2712

Ambient image sensor maintenance

The ambient image sensor

O for the High

Beam Assist system is located in front of the inside mirror. To maintain the proper operation of the high beam assist system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:

• Always keep the windshield clean.

• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the ambient image sensor.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around the ambient image sensor. Do not touch the sensor lens that is located on the ambient image sensor.

Instruments and controls 2-39

If the ambient image sensor is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Battery saver system

The battery saver system automatically turns off the following lights after a period of time when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and the doors are closed:

• Headlights, when the headlight switch is in the or position

• Interior lights, when left in the ON position

After the headlights automatically turn off with the headlight switch in the or position, the headlights will illuminate again if the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position and then turned to the or position.

CAUTION

Even though the battery saver feature automatically turns off the headlights after a period of time, you should turn the headlight switch to the OFF position when the engine is not running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS

(DRL) SYSTEM

The LED portion of the headlights automatically illuminate at 100% intensity when the engine is started with the parking brake released. The LED DRL operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the switch to the position. Turn the headlight position for full illumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started, the LED DRL do not illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate when the parking brake is released. The LED DRL will remain on until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

WARNING

When the LED DRL system is active, tail lights on your vehicle are not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights. Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.

LIC4161

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS

CONTROL

Press the “+” button O to increase the brightness of instrument panel lights.

Press the “-” button

O to decrease the brightness of instrument panel lights.

2-40 Instruments and controls

LIC3252

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signal cancels automatically.

Lane change signal

Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, to signal a lane change.

Hold the lever until the lane change is completed.

Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, and release the lever. The turn signal will automatically flash three times.

Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions.

NOTE:

The 3 Flash Pass feature may be disabled. For additional information, see

“How to use the vehicle information dis-

play” (P. 2-17).

LIC3256

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch to the position, then turn the fog light switch to the position.

To turn the fog lights on with the headlight switch in the AUTO position, the headlights must be on, then turn the fog light switch to the position.

To turn the fog lights off, turn the fog light switch to the OFF position.

Instruments and controls 2-41

The headlights must be on and the low beams selected for the fog lights to operate. The fog lights automatically turn off when the high beam headlights are selected.

HORN CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEAT

SWITCHES (if so equipped)

2-42 Instruments and controls

LIC2227

To sound the horn, push near the horn icon on the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system.

Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury.

SIC4334

The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seat by blowing warm or cool air from under the surface of the seat. The climate control switch is located on the center console.

The climate controlled seat can be operated as follows:

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

2. Turn the control knob or the cool side

O to the heat side

. The indicator light on the control knob will illuminate.

3. Adjust the desired amount of air using the control knob. The climate controlled seat blower remains on low speed for approximately 60 seconds after turning the switch on or selecting the desired temperature.

4. When the vehicle's interior is warmed or cooled, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the control knob to the off (center) position. The indicator light

O on the control knob goes off with the switch in the off (center) position.

To check the air filter for the climate controlled seat, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use the climate controlled seats if you or the occupants cannot monitor seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat. Use of the climate controlled seats by such people could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

• The battery could run down if the climate control seat is operated while the engine is not running.

• Do not use the climate control seat for extended periods or when no one is using the seat.

• Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated.

• Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar objects. This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat.

• Any liquid spilled on the seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.

• The climate controlled seat has an air filter. Do not operate the climate controlled seat without an air filter. This may result in damage to the system.

• When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any similar materials.

• If any malfunctions are found or the climate controlled seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Instruments and controls 2-43

HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if so equipped)

LIC3475

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

• The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running.

• Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat.

• Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated.

• Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater.

• Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.

• When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any similar materials.

• If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters.

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, as desired. The indicator light in the switch will illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on.

3. When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to push the switch to turn it off.

2-44 Instruments and controls

HEATED REAR SEAT SWITCHES (if so equipped)

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat temperatures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

• The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running.

• Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat.

• Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated.

LIC3475

• Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater.

• Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.

• When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any similar materials.

• If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

The rear seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The switches are located on the rear of the front center console and can be operated independently of each other.

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON position.

2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, as desired. The indicator light in the switch will illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on.

Instruments and controls 2-45

HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (if so equipped)

3. When the seat is warmed or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch off.

LIC2221

The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below

68°F (20°C).

Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. The indicator light will come on.

If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 68°F

(20°C). The indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually. The indicator light will go off.

NOTE:

• Once activated, your heated steering wheel will automatically turn on and off to maintain a temperature above

68°F (20°C).

• When the temperature of the steering wheel is above 122°F (50°C) and the heated steering wheel switch is turned on, the system will not heat the steering wheel. This does not indicate a malfunction.

2-46 Instruments and controls

DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE

SWITCH

LIC3681

The dynamic driver assistance switch is used to temporarily activate the Intelligent

Lane Intervention (I-LI) system that is enabled using the settings menu of the vehicle information display.

The I-LI system can be turned on with the dynamic driver assistance switch after starting the engine.

The dynamic driver assistance switch illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)

OFF SWITCH

When the dynamic driver assistance switch is turned off, the indicator O on the switch is off. The indicator will also be off if the I-LI system is deactivated using the vehicle information display.

The I-LI system warns the driver with a warning light and a chime, and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time). For additional information, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention

(I-LI)” (P. 5-32) and “Vehicle information dis-

play” (P. 2-17).

LIC3344

The vehicle should be driven with the VDC system on for most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the

VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC

OFF switch. The indicator light will come on.

Instruments and controls 2-47

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system. For additional information, see “Vehicle Dynamic

Control (VDC) system” (P. 5-121).

When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system, the Automatic Emergency

Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection and Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) systems are also turned off. For additional information, see “Automatic Emergency Braking

(AEB) with Pedestrian Detection”(P. 5-87)

and “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-82).

E-CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if so equipped)

REAR DOOR ALERT

LIC3357

The E-call (SOS) button is used in combination with a NissanConnect® Services subscription to call for assistance in case of an emergency.

Pressing the button will (with a paid subscription) reach a response specialist that will provide assistance based on the situation described by the vehicle’s occupant.

For additional information, or to enroll your vehicle, refer to www.NissanUSA.com/ connect, www.Nissan.ca/NissanConnect, or www.Nissan.ca/NissanConnect/fr or call 855–426–6628.

The Rear Door Alert system functions under certain conditions to indicate there may be an object or passenger in the rear seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting the vehicle.

The Rear Door Alert system is initially disabled. The driver can enable the system using the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle information display warnings and indicators”

(P. 2-24).

When the system is enabled:

• The system is activated when a rear door is opened and closed within 10 minutes of the vehicle being driven. When the driver door is closed and the system is activated, a visual message appears in the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Rear Door Alert is acti-

vated” (P. 2-24).

• If a rear door is opened and closed but the vehicle is not driven within approximately 10 minutes, the system will not be activated. A rear door must be opened and closed and the car driven within 10 minutes for the system to activate.

2-48 Instruments and controls

When the Rear Door Alert system is activated:

• When the driver puts the vehicle in the P

(Park) position, a notification message appears in the vehicle information display with the options to “Dismiss Message” or “Disable Alert” if desired.

• Select “Disable Alert” to temporarily disable for that stop.

• No selection or ‘Dismiss Message” will keep the alert enabled for that stop.

• If the alert is enabled when a driver exits the vehicle, a message will appear in the vehicle information display that states

“Check Rear Seat for All Articles.”

If “Horn & Alert” setting is selected:

• An audible horn sound will occur after a short time unless a rear door is opened and closed within a short time to deactivate the alert.

• If the doors are locked before the alert is deactivated by opening a rear door, the horn will sound.

• If the liftgate is opened before a rear door is opened, the horn will be delayed until after the liftgate is closed.

NOTE:

If “Alert Only” setting is selected, the message alert will still be shown in the vehicle information display but the horn will not sound.

WARNING

• If the driver selects “Disable Alert”, no audible alert will be provided regardless of rear door open/close status.

• There may be times when there is an object or passenger in the rear seat(s) but the audible alert does not sound. For example, this may occur if rear seat passengers enter or exit the vehicle during a trip.

• The system does not directly detect objects or passengers in the rear seat(s). Instead, it can detect when a rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat(s).

NOTE:

There may be times when the horn sounds but there are no objects or passengers in the rear seat(s).

For additional information, see “Rear Door

Alert is activated” (P. 2-24).

Instruments and controls 2-49

POWER OUTLETS

LIC4598

Instrument Panel

12V OUTLETS

The power outlets are for powering electrical accessories such as cellular telephones. They are rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A) maximum.

The vehicle’s power outlets are powered only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Open the cap to use a power outlet.

2-50 Instruments and controls

Center Console

LIC3705 LIC3199

Cargo Area

CAUTION

• The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use.

• Only certain power outlets are designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit. Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for additional information.

• Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH

• Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory.

• Use power outlets with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

• Avoid using power outlets when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster is on.

• Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned off.

• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open.

• When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water or any other liquid to contact the outlet.

LIC4599

The extended storage switch is pulled out when in transit from the factory to the retailer. It is located in the fuse panel to the left of the steering wheel on the instrument panel. If any electrical equipment does not operate, ensure the extended storage switch is pushed fully in place, as shown.

Pulled position

LIC3266

Instruments and controls 2-51

STORAGE

Pushed position

LIC3268

FRONT-DOOR POCKETS

LIC3671

CONSOLE SIDE POCKETS

LIC3200

2-52 Instruments and controls

LIC1328

SEATBACK POCKETS

There may be one or two seatback pockets located on the back of the driver and passenger seats. The pockets can be used to store maps.

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the driver’s and/or front passenger’s NISSAN

Advanced Air Bag System (if so equipped), please observe the following items:

• Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket or head restraint/headrest.

• Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, head restraint/headrest or in the seatback pocket.

LIC3854

Front console

STORAGE TRAYS

WARNING

Do not place sharp objects in the trays to help prevent injury in an accident or sudden stop.

Instruments and controls 2-53

Rear armrest

LIC2214

Rear center console

LIC3202 LIC3003

GLOVE BOX

Open the glove box by pulling the handle.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the glove box. The valet key (if so equipped) cannot be used to lock or unlock the glove box.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop.

2-54 Instruments and controls

CAUTION

• Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.

• Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses.

LIC3991

CONSOLE BOX

To open the console box, press in on the lever and raise the lid.

To close, push the lid down until the lock latches.

LIC2312

OVERHEAD SUNGLASSES

STORAGE

To open the sunglasses holder, push and release.

Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to avoid obstructing the driver’s view and to help prevent an accident.

Instruments and controls 2-55

LIC3854

Front console

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

• Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger.

• Use only soft cups in the cup holder.

Hard objects can injure you in an accident.

LIC2915

Bench seat

• Do not recline the rear seatback when you use the cup holders on the rear armrest. Doing so may cause the beverages to spill over, and if they are hot, they may scald the passengers.

LIC3672

Bottle holder — front

CAUTION

• Do not use the bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident.

• Do not use the bottle holder for open liquid containers.

2-56 Instruments and controls

Bottle holder — rear

LIC2933 LIC3204

CARGO AREA STORAGE BIN

To access the floor storage area, pull up on the left and right side of the cargo floor.

LTI2113

LUGGAGE HOOKS

When securing items using luggage hooks located on the back of the seat or side finisher do not apply a load over more than

6.5 lbs. (29 N) to a single hook.

The luggage hooks that are located on the floor should have loads less than 110 lbs.

(490 N) to a single hook.

The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps.

Instruments and controls 2-57

WARNING

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

• Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure cargo.

• Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage area. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.

• Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.

• The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area. Secure any items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged.

• Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.

LIC4173

COAT HOOKS

The coat hooks, located on the rear assist grips, may be used to store coats and other articles of clothing.

CAUTION

Do not apply more than 33 lbs. (15 kg) to the rear assist grip coat hook.

LIC4202

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

WARNING

• Always install the crossbars onto the roof side rails before loading cargo of any kind. Loading cargo directly onto the roof side rails or the vehicle’s roof may cause vehicle damage.

• Roof rack cross bars should be evenly distributed.

• Do not exceed maximum roof rack crossbars load capacity and always distribute the load uniformly.

2-58 Instruments and controls

WINDOWS

• Heavy loading of the crossbars has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sudden or unusual handling maneuvers.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

• Drive extra carefully when the vehicle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capacity, especially if the significant portion of that load is carried on the crossbars.

CAUTION

• Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack. If you cannot comfortably lift the items onto the roof rack from the ground, use a ladder or a stool.

Do not apply any load directly to the roof side rails O . Crossbars O must be installed before applying load/cargo/ luggage to the roof of the vehicle.

Genuine NISSAN accessory crossbars may be available through a NISSAN dealer. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for additional information.

The service load capacity for the roof side rails is 165 lbs. (74 kg.), however do not exceed the crossbars load capacity.

Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating

(GAWR front and rear).

For additional information regarding GVWR and GAWR, refer to:

• F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certification label (located on the driver’s door pillar).

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

• Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position. If the driver's or passenger's door is opened during this period of time, the power to the windows is canceled.

Instruments and controls 2-59

LIC3238

1. Window lock button

2. Power door lock switch

3. Front passenger side automatic switch

4. Right rear passenger side switch

5. Left rear passenger side switch

6. Driver’s side automatic switch

Driver's side power window switch

The driver's side control panel is equipped with switches to open or close all of the windows.

2-60 Instruments and controls

To open a window, push the switch to the detent and continue to hold down until the desired window position is reached. To close a window, pull the switch to the detent and continue to hold up until the desired window position is reached.

Locking passengers' windows

When the window lock switch is pushed, only the driver's side window can be opened or closed. Push it again to cancel the window lock function.

LIC2397

Front passenger's power window switch

The passenger's window switch operates only the corresponding passenger's window. To open the window partially, push the switch down lightly until the desired window position is reached. To close the window partially, pull the switch up until the desired window position is reached.

LIC2663

Rear power window switch

The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows. To open the window, push the switch and hold it down switch up

O . To close the window, pull the

.

LIC0410

Automatic operation

To fully open a window, push the window switch down to the second detent and release it; it need not be held. The window automatically opens all the way. To stop the window, lift the switch up while the window is opening.

To fully close a window, pull the switch up to the second detent and release it; it need not be held. To stop the window, push the switch down while the window is closing.

Auto-reverse function

The auto-reverse function can be activated when a window is closed by automatic operation.

Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto-reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window.

If the vehicle's battery is disconnected, replaced, or jump started, the power window auto-reverse function may not operate properly. Have the power window autoreverse system re-initialized. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Instruments and controls 2-61

POWER MOONROOF (if so equipped)

If the control unit detects something caught in a window equipped with automatic operation as it is closing, the window will be immediately lowered.

LIC4148

The moonroof will only operate when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

The moonroof is operational for a period of time, even if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC (if so equipped) or OFF position. If the driver's door or the front passenger's door is opened during this period of time, the power to the moonroof is canceled.

When operating the power moonroof or panoramic sunshade, the switch need not be held continuously. To stop the moonroof or sunshade at any point while it is opening or closing, push the switch momentarily.

Sliding the moonroof

To open the moonroof, push the switch to the open O position and release it; it need not be held. The roof will automatically open or close all the way.

Push the switch again to fully open the moonroof.

To close the moonroof, push the switch to the O position and release it. The roof will automatically close all the way.

To stop the moonroof, push the switch once more while it is opening or closing.

Tilting the moonroof

To tilt the moonroof up, first close the moonroof. Push the switch to the

O tion and release it; it need not be held.

posi-

To tilt down the moonroof, push the switch to the position and release it.

Auto-reverse function (when closing or tilting down the moonroof)

The auto-reverse function can be activated when the moonroof is closed or tilted down by automatic operation when

2-62 Instruments and controls

the ignition switch is placed in the ON position or for a period of time after the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driving conditions, the auto-reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the moonroof.

When closing

If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it moves to the front, the moonroof will immediately open backward.

When tilting down

If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof as it tilts down, the moonroof will immediately tilt up.

If the auto-reverse function malfunctions and repeats opening or tilting up the moonroof, keep pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds after it happens; the moonroof will fully close gradually.

Make sure nothing is caught in the moonroof.

WARNING

• In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof. Always use seat belts and child restraints.

• Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing.

CAUTION

• Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand from the moonroof before opening.

• Do not place heavy objects on the moonroof or surrounding area.

LIC4149

Panoramic sunshade

The panoramic sunshade operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position. The sunshade switch is located near the roof console. When opening or closing the sunshade the switch need not be held.

To open the sunshade:

• To fully open the sunshade, push the switch toward the open position

O

.

To close the sunshade:

• To fully close the sunshade, push the switch toward the close position .

Instruments and controls 2-63

INTERIOR LIGHTS

WARNING

• To avoid personal injury, keep your hands, fingers and head away from the sunshade arm, the arm rail and sunshade inlet port.

• Do not allow children near the rear sunshade system. They could be injured.

• Do not place objects on or near the rear sunshade. This could cause improper operation or damage it.

• Do not pull or push the rear sunshade. This could cause improper operation or damage it.

CAUTION

• Do not place objects (such as newspapers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sunshade inlet port. Doing so may entangle these objects in the sunshade when it is extending or retracting, causing improper operation or damage to the sunshade.

• Do not push the sunshade arm with your hands, etc., as this may deform it. Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result.

2-64 Instruments and controls

• Do not put any object into the sunshade inlet port as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade.

• Do not hang any object on the arm rail as this may result in improper operation or damage the sunshade.

• Do not forcefully pull the sunshade.

Doing so may elongate the sunshade. Improper operation or damage to the sunshade may result.

If the moonroof does not close

Have your moonroof checked and repaired. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

LIC2302

When the ON switch

O is pushed, the footwell lights (if so equipped), step lights (if so equipped), map lights and rear personal lights will automatically turn on and stay on for a period of time when:

• The doors are unlocked by the Intelligent

Key, a key or the request switch (if so equipped) while all doors are closed and the ignition switch is in the OFF position.

• The driver’s door is opened and then closed while the ignition switch is in the

OFF position.

• Individually pushed.

When the OFF switch O is pushed, the interior lights will illuminate when pushed.

When the DOOR/OFF switch is pushed and the ON switch is pushed, all of the lights will come on.

NOTE:

The footwell lights (if so equipped) and step lights (if so equipped) illuminate when the driver and passenger doors are open regardless of the interior light switch position. These lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped. This could result in a discharged battery.

LIC2303

CONSOLE LIGHT

The console light will turn on whenever the parking lights or headlights are illuminated.

The console light brightness can be adjusted with the illumination brightness control in the vehicle information display.

LIC2304

MAP LIGHTS

Press the button to turn the map lights on.

To turn them off, press the button again.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped. This could result in a discharged battery.

Instruments and controls 2-65

LIC3907

Rear personal lights

PERSONAL LIGHTS

To turn the rear personal lights on, push the switch. To turn them off, push the switch again.

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

The light illuminates when the liftgate is opened. When the liftgate is closed, the light will turn off. The lights will turn off automatically after a period of time while doors are open to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped. This could result in a discharged battery.

HOMELINK® UNIVERSAL

TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual handheld transmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

• Will operate most radio frequency devices such as garage doors, gates, home and office lighting, entry door locks and security systems.

• Is powered by your vehicle's battery. No separate batteries are required. If the vehicle's battery is discharged or is disconnected, HomeLink® will retain all programming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver is programmed, retain the original transmitter for future programming procedures (Example: new vehicle purchases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink® Universal

Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes. For additional information, see “Programming HomeLink®”

(P. 2-67).

2-66 Instruments and controls

WARNING

• Your vehicle's engine should be turned off while programming the

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. For additional information, see “Push-

button ignition switch” (P. 5-13). Do

not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.

• Do not use the HomeLink® Universal

Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards. (These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1, 1982.) A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards. Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death.

• During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close (if the transmitter is within range). Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door, gate, etc., that you are programming.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®

If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

Place the ignition switch in the ON or ACC position (without starting the engine) when programming HomeLink®. It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to

HomeLink® for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio frequency.

LIC2365

1. Position the end of your hand-held transmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from the HomeLink® surface, keeping the

HomeLink® indicator light in view.

Instruments and controls 2-67

LIC4600

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink® button and hand-held transmitter button. DO

NOT release until the HomeLink® indicator light

O flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing indicates successful programming.)

NOTE:

Some devices may require you to replace

Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in “Programming HomeLink® for Canadian customers and gate openers”

(P. 2-69).

3. Press and hold the programmed

HomeLink® button and observe the indicator light.

• If the indicator light O is solid/ continuous, programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink® button is pressed and released.

• If the indicator light O blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a solid/continuous light, continue with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device. A second person may make the following steps easier. Use a ladder or other device. Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage, locate the “learn” or “smart” button (the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit). If there is difficulty locating the button, reference the garage door opener’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” button.

NOTE:

Once the button is pressed, you have approximately 30 seconds to initiate the next step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink® button for 2 seconds and release. Repeat the

“press/hold/release” sequence up to three times to complete the training process. HomeLink® should now activate your rolling code equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com

1-800-355-3515.

or call

2-68 Instruments and controls

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK® FOR

CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE

OPENERS

Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) after several seconds of transmission – which may not be long enough for

HomeLink® to pick up the signal during training. Similar to this Canadian law, some

U.S. gate operators are designed to “timeout” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the “Training” procedures, replace “Programming HomeLink®” step 2 with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener, etc., unplug the device during the “cycling” process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components.

1. For additional information, see “Pro-

gramming HomeLink®” step 1 (P. 2-67).

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink® button and the hand-held transmitter button.

During training, your hand-held transmitter may automatically stop transmitting. Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink® button while you press and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter every 2 seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The

HomeLink® indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training. DO

NOT release until the HomeLink® indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly.

When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful training.

Proceed with “Programming

HomeLink®” step 3 to complete.

If the device was unplugged during the programming procedure, remember to plug it back in when programming is completed.

OPERATING THE HOMELINK®

UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, after it is programmed, can be used to activate the programmed device. To operate, simply press and release the appropriate programmed HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button. The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-

DIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information:

• replace the hand-held transmitter batteries with new batteries.

• position the hand-held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the

HomeLink® surface.

• press and hold both the HomeLink® and hand-held transmitter buttons without interruption.

• position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 in

(26 - 76 mm) away from the HomeLink® surface. Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is not programmed within that time, try holding the transmitter in another position – keeping the indicator light in view at all times.

Instruments and controls 2-69

If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink® buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED

INFORMATION

The following procedure clears the programmed information from both buttons.

Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However, individual buttons can be reprogrammed. For additional information, see

“Reprogramming a single HomeLink® but-

ton” (P. 2-70).

To clear all programming:

1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with “Programming

HomeLink®” - Step 1 (P. 2-67).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE

HOMELINK® BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal

Transceiver button, complete the following:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® button.

DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds. Without releasing the

HomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-

gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1 (P. 2-67).

For questions or comments, contact

HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com

or

1–800–355–3515 (except Mexico).

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed. The new device can be activated by pressing the HomeLink® button that was just programmed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink® buttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the codes of any non-rolling code device that has been programmed into

HomeLink®. Consult the Owner's Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you will need to reprogram the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver with your new transmitter information.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

2-70 Instruments and controls

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry

Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Instruments and controls 2-71

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Locking with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

NISSAN Intelligent Key® system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

NISSAN Intelligent Key® Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

How to use the remote keyless entry function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Remote Engine Start operating range . . . . . . . 3-18

Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Canceling a Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Conditions the Remote Engine Start will not work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Operating the manual liftgate

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Operating the power liftgate

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

Motion-Activated Liftgate

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Liftgate position setting

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Opener operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Manual operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Automatic operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 3-32

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Card holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Manual anti-glare rearview mirror

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

Memory seat (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Memory storage function (key-link) . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Memory storage function (switch) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

Entry/exit function (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

KEYS

LPD2842

Type A (if so equipped)

1. Intelligent Key (two sets)

2. Mechanical key

3. Key number plate (one plate)

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®

Your vehicle can only be driven with the

Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intelligent Key System components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer

System components.

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

LPD2844

Type B (if so equipped)

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered prior to use with the Intelligent Key System and NISSAN

Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.

LPD2941

Type C (if so equipped)

A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number.

NISSAN does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can be duplicated without knowing the key number.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occurrences which will damage the Intelligent Key:

• Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical components, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect the system function.

• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.

• Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object.

• Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key.

• Wetting may damage the Intelligent

Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C).

• Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment and personal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,

NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing procedure, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

SPA1951

Mechanical key

The Intelligent Key contains the mechanical key.

To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the driver's door and glove box.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key installed in the Intelligent Key slot.

For additional information, see “Doors”

(P. 3-5) and “Storage” (P. 2-52).

Valet hand-off

When you have to leave a key with a valet, give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings.

To prevent the glove box from being opened during valet hand-off, follow the procedure below.

1. Remove the mechanical key from the

Intelligent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechanical key.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet and keep the mechanical key with you.

For additional information, see “Storage”

(P. 2-52).

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using the

Intelligent Keys which are registered to the

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle.

The mechanical key can be used for all the locks.

Never leave the keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN

Vehicle Immobilizer System keys. Your existing key can be duplicated without knowing the key number. As many as four

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle. You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer for registration. This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After the registration process, these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration. Any key that is not given to the dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not allow the immobilizer system key, which contains an electrical transponder, to come into contact with water or salt water. This could affect system function.

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

DOORS

When the doors are locked using one of the following methods, the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles. The doors must be unlocked to open the doors.

WARNING

• Always have the doors locked while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders.

• Before opening any door, always look for and avoid oncoming traffic.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

LPD2841

Driver's side

LOCKING WITH KEY

To lock the door using the mechanical key, turn the key toward the front of the vehicle

O . This will only lock the door and will not activate the security system. To arm the security system, press the on the Intelligent Key.

button

To unlock the door using the mechanical key, turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle

O

. This will only unlock the corresponding door and will not disarm the security system.

For additional information, see “Security

systems” (P. 2-30).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

LPD2092

Inside lock

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

To lock the door without the key, move the inside lock knob to the lock position , then close the door.

To unlock the door without the key, move the inside lock knob to the unlock position

.

LPD2309

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR

LOCK SWITCH

To lock all the doors without a key, push the door lock switch (driver's or front passenger's side) to the lock position O . When locking the door this way, be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, push the door lock switch (driver's or front passenger's side) to the unlock position .

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS

• All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).

• All doors unlock automatically when the transmission is placed in the P (Park) position or when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position, depending on the option selected in the “Vehicle Settings” menu.

NOTE:

The Auto Door Unlock (if so equipped) feature can be changed using the “Vehicle Settings” menu on the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle information

display” (P. 2-17).

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY® SYSTEM

LPD2374

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened accidentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock levers are located on the edge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the LOCK position, the door can be opened only from the outside.

WARNING

• Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.

• The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed.

The FAA advises the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight.

• Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks using the remote control function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation.

Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is capable of receiving and transmitting radio waves. The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves from various distances. Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions:

• When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station and broadcasting station.

• When in possession of wireless equipment, such as a cellular telephone, transceiver or a CB radio.

• When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials.

• When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer.

• When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

In such cases, correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions, the battery’s life is approximately two years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one.

When the Intelligent Key battery is low, the

“Key Battery Low” indicator illuminates in the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle information

display” (P. 2-17).

Since the Intelligent Key is capable of receiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves, such as signals from a TV and personal computer, the battery life may become shorter.

For additional information, see “Battery re-

placement” (P. 8-23).

As many as four Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

LPD2286

OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch .

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent

Key operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm) from each request switch .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, handle or rear bumper, the request switches may not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the request switch to lock/unlock the doors.

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

LPD2554

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS

PRECAUTION

• Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent

Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle.

• After locking with the door handle request switch, verify the doors are securely locked by testing them.

• To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you and then lock the doors.

• Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open.

Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door.

LPD2301

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®

OPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the Intelligent Key out of your pocket or bag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch within the range of operation.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

LPD2962

Locking doors

1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position, place the ignition switch in the LOCK position and make sure you carry the

Intelligent Key with you.

2. Close the driver’s door and push the driver’s door request switch OR close all doors and push any door request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.

3. All doors and the rear liftgate will lock.

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twice and the outside chime sounds twice.

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

LPD2700

NOTE:

• Request switches for all doors and liftgate can be deactivated when the Ext.

Door Switch feature is switched to OFF in the vehicle settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle information

display” (P. 2-17).

• Doors lock with the door handle request switch while the ignition switch is not in the LOCK position.

• Doors do not lock by pushing the door handle request switch while the driver’s door is open. However, doors lock with the mechanical key even if any door is open.

• Doors do not lock with the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle and a chime sounds to warn you. However, when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doors can be locked with another Intelligent Key.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the request switch, make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles. Failure to follow these instructions may result in inadvertently unlocking the doors, which may decrease the safety and security of your vehicle.

CAUTION

• When locking the doors using the request switch, make sure to have the

Intelligent Key in your possession before operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle.

• The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system.

Lockout protection

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the vehicle, lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent

Key.

When the driver’s side door is open, the doors are locked, then the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle and the door is closed, all doors will unlock automatically.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the Intelligent Key is in the same hand that is operating the request switch to lock the door. Put the Intelligent Key in a purse, pocket or your other hand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not function under the following conditions:

• When the Intelligent Key is placed on top of the instrument panel.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the glove box or a storage bin.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside the door pockets.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed inside or near metallic materials.

LPD2962

Unlocking doors

1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the door handle request switch or power liftgate request switch.

3. The hazard indicator lights flash once and the outside chime sounds once.

4. Push the door handle request switch again within 1 minute to unlock all doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch.

• Opening any door.

• Pushing the ignition switch.

Using the interior lights

The interior lights illuminate for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the interior light switch is in the DOOR position.

LPD2700

NOTE:

Request switches for all doors can be deactivated when the Ext. Door

Switch feature is switched to OFF using the “Vehicle Settings” menu on the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle

information display” (P. 2-17).

If a door handle is pulled while unlocking the doors, that door may not be unlocked.

Returning the door handle to its original position will unlock the door. If the door does not unlock after returning the door handle, push the door handle request switch to unlock the door.

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

The lights can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations:

• Placing the ignition switch in the ON position.

• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.

• Switching the interior lights switch to the

“OFF” position.

For additional information, see “Interior

lights” (P. 2-64).

HOW TO USE THE REMOTE

KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION

The remote keyless entry function can operate all door locks using the remote keyless function of the Intelligent Key. The remote keyless function can operate at a distance of 33 ft (10 m) away from the vehicle. The operating distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function will not function under the following conditions:

• When the Intelligent Key is not within the operational range.

• When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged.

CAUTION

When locking the doors using the Intelligent Key, be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle.

2.

3.

Type A (if so equipped)

1.

(lock) button

(unlock) button

(panic) button

LPD3600

2.

3.

4.

LPD3602

Type B (if so equipped)

1.

(remote engine start) button

(lock) button

(unlock) button

(panic) button

2.

3.

4.

5.

LPD3026

Type C (if so equipped)

1.

(remote engine start) button

(lock) button

(unlock) button

(liftgate) button

(panic) button

Locking doors

1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position.

2. Close all doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

3. Press the gent Key.

button on the Intelli-

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twice and the horn beeps once.

5. All doors will be locked.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the Intelligent Key, be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles. Failure to follow these instructions may result in inadvertently unlocking the doors, which may decrease the safety and security of your vehicle.

Unlocking doors

1. Press the button on the Intelligent

Key to unlock the driver’s door.

2. The hazard indicator lights flash once and the driver’s door unlocks.

3. Press the button again within 1 minute to unlock all doors.

NOTE:

The Selective Unlock feature can be changed using the “Vehicle Settings” menu on the vehicle information display.

For additional information, see “Vehicle

information display” (P. 2-17).

All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the button:

• Opening any doors.

• Pushing the ignition switch.

Using the interior lights

The interior lights illuminate for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the interior light switch is in the DOOR position.

The lights can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following operations:

• Placing the ignition switch in the ON position.

• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.

• Switching the interior lights switch to the

“OFF” position.

For additional information, see “Interior

lights” (P. 2-64).

Opening windows

The Intelligent Key allows you to simultaneously open windows equipped with automatic operation.

To open the windows, press and hold the button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 3 seconds .

The door windows will lower while holding down the button on the Intelligent Key.

NOTE:

The windows will stop lowering at the time the button is released. However, the door windows cannot be closed with the Intelligent Key.

Releasing the rear liftgate (if so equipped)

The rear liftgate can be opened and closed by performing the following:

• Press the button for longer than 1 second to open the rear liftgate.

• Press the button again for longer than 1 second to close the rear liftgate.

When the button is pressed during the open or close process, the liftgate motors will stop. When the button is pressed again for longer than 1 second the liftgate will reverse direction.

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened, you may activate the panic alarm to call attention by pressing and holding the button on the Intelligent Key for longer than 0.5 seconds.

The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time.

The panic alarm stops when:

• It has run for a period of time.

• Any button is pressed on the Intelligent

Key.

• The request switch on the driver or passenger door is pushed and the Intelligent

Key is in range of the door handle.

Answer back horn feature

If desired, the answer back horn feature can be deactivated using the Intelligent

Key. When it is deactivated and the button is pressed, the hazard indicator lights flash twice. When the button is pressed, neither the hazard indicator lights nor the horn operates.

NOTE:

If you change the Answer Back Horn feature with the Intelligent Key, the vehicle information display screen will show the current mode after the ignition switch has been cycled from the OFF to the ON position. The vehicle information display screen can also be used to change the answer back horn mode.

For additional information, see “Ve-

hicle settings” (P. 2-17).

To deactivate:

Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds.

The hazard indicator lights will flash three times to confirm that the answer back horn feature has been deactivated.

To activate:

Press and hold the and buttons for at least 2 seconds once more.

The hazard indicator lights will flash once and the horn will sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature does not silence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

LPD2836

Intelligent Key button operation light

The light blinks only when you press any button on the Intelligent Key. The light illumination only signifies that the key fob has transmitted a signal. You may look and/or listen to verify that the vehicle has performed the intended operation. The number of blinks identifies each registered key

(i.e. 1 blink = 1st key,...,4 blinks = 4th key) for your own identification purposes.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

If the light does not blink, your battery may be too weak to communicate to the vehicle. If this occurs, the battery may need to be replaced. For additional information regarding the replacement of a battery, see

“Battery replacement” (P. 8-23).

WARNING SIGNALS

To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, a chime or buzzer sounds from inside and outside the vehicle and a warning is displayed in the instrument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or a warning is displayed, be sure to check the vehicle and the Intelligent Key.

When stopping the engine

When shifting the shift lever to the P

(Park) position

Symptom

The Shift to Park warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously.

The Push Ignition to OFF warning appears in the display.

When opening the driver's door to get out of the vehicle

The Door/liftgate open warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously.

For additional information, see “Trouble-

shooting guide” (P. 3-16) and “Vehicle infor-

mation display” (P. 2-17).

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another

Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.

Possible Cause

The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position.

The ignition switch is in the ACC position.

The ignition switch is in the ACC position.

Remedy

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

Place the ignition switch in the OFF position.

Place the ignition switch in the ON position or close the driver’s door.

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle

When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to LOCK

Symptom

The No Key Detected warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds three times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately three seconds.

The Shift to Park warning appears on the display and the inside and outside chimes sound continuously.

The Rear Door Alert warning message appears on the display, the horn sounds three times twice, or a Check

Rear Seat for All Articles warning appears on the display.

The outside chime sounds for approximately three seconds and all the doors unlock.

When pushing the door handle request switch or the button on the Intelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approximately two seconds.

When pushing the ignition switch to start the engine

When pushing the ignition switch

Possible Cause

The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.

The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the shift lever is not in the

P (Park) position

The Rear Door Alert is activated.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

position.

Remedy

Place the ignition switch in the OFF

Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position and place the ignition switch in the OFF position.

Check the back seat for all articles, press the OK button to clear the Rear

Door Alert warning message.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

The Key Battery Low warning appears on the display.

The battery charge is low.

Replace the battery with a new one.

For additional information, see “Battery

replacement” (P. 8-23).

The No Key Detected warning appears on the display, the inside chime sounds three times.

The Key System Fault message appears.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle.

Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

It warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)

Start to have the vehicle in view or may restrict idling time except in freezing temperatures. Check local regulations for any requirements.

Other conditions may affect the function of the Remote Engine Start feature. For additional information, see “Conditions the Re-

mote Engine Start will not work” (P. 3-20).

Other conditions can affect the performance of the Intelligent Key transmitter.

For additional information, see “NISSAN In-

telligent Key®” (P. 3-2).

LPD2995

REMOTE ENGINE START

OPERATING RANGE

The button will be on the NISSAN

Intelligent Key® if the vehicle has Remote

Engine Start. This feature allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle.

Vehicles with an automatic climate control system will default to either a heating or cooling mode depending on outside and cabin temperatures. For additional information, see “Remote Engine Start with In-

telligent Climate Control” (P. 4-29).

Laws in some local communities may restrict or prohibit the use of Remote Engine

Start, or the amount of time a parked vehicle engine may idle. For example, some laws require a person using Remote Engine

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WARNING

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

• Do not use Remote Engine Start in closed spaces such as a garage. Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.

CAUTION

When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or other strong radio wave sources are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.

The Remote Engine Start function can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the vehicle.

The Remote Engine Start operating range is approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the vehicle.

REMOTE STARTING THE VEHICLE

To use the Remote Engine Start feature to start the engine perform the following:

1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Press the button to lock all doors.

3. Within 5 seconds press and hold the button until the turn signal lights flash and the tail lamps turn on. If the vehicle is not within view press and hold the button for at least 2 seconds.

The following events will occur when the engine starts:

• The parking lights will turn on and remain on as long as the engine is running.

• The doors will be locked and the climate control system may come on.

• The engine will continue to run for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps to extend the time for an additional 10 minutes. For additional information, see “Extending engine

run time” (P. 3-19).

Press and hold the brake then push the push-button ignition switch to the ON position before driving. For additional infor-

mation, see “Driving the vehicle” (P. 5-18).

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME

The Remote Engine Start feature can be extended one time by performing the steps listed in “Remote starting the vehicle”

(P. 3-19). Run time will be calculated as

follows:

• The first 10–minute run time will start when the Remote Engine Start function is performed.

• The second 10 minutes will start immediately when the Remote Engine Start function is performed again. For example, if the engine has been running for 5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added, the engine will run for a total of 15 minutes.

• Extending engine run time will bring you to the two Remote Engine Start limit.

A maximum of two Remote Engine Starts, or a single start with an extension, are allowed between ignition cycles.

The ignition switch must be cycled to the

ON position and then back to the OFF position before the Remote Engine Start procedure can be used again.

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE

START

To cancel a Remote Engine Start, perform one of the following:

• Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle and press until the parking lights turn off.

• Turn on the hazard indicator flashers.

• Cycle the ignition switch on and then off.

• The extended engine run time has expired.

• The first 10–minute timer has expired.

• The engine hood has been opened.

• The vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

• The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle.

• The ignition switch is pushed without an

Intelligent Key in the vehicle.

• The ignition switch is pushed with an Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedal is not depressed.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINE

START WILL NOT WORK

The Remote Engine Start will not operate if any of the following conditions are present:

• The ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

• The hood is not securely closed.

• The hazard indicator lights are on.

• The engine is still running. The engine must be completely stopped. Wait at least 6 seconds if the engine goes from running to off. This is not applicable when extending engine run time.

• The button is not pressed and held for at least 2 seconds.

• The button is not pressed and held within 5 seconds of pressing the lock button.

• The brake is pressed.

• The doors are not closed and locked.

• The liftgate is open.

• The Key System Fault warning light remains solid is in the vehicle information display.

• The alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle.

• Two Remote Engine Starts, or a single

Remote Engine Start with an extension, have already been used.

• The vehicle is not in P (Park).

• There is a detected registered key already inside of the vehicle.

• The Remote Engine Start function has been switched to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see

“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-17).

The Remote Engine Start may display a warning or indicator in the vehicle information display. For additional information, see

“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-17).

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

HOOD LIFTGATE

1. Pull the hood lock release handle

O located below the driver side instrument panel until the hood springs up slightly.

2. Locate the lever

O in between the hood and grille and push the lever sideways with your fingertips and raise the hood

.

When closing the hood, lower the hood to approximately 12 in (30 cm) above the latch and release it. This allows proper engagement of the hood latch.

LPD3063

WARNING

• Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving.

Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident.

• If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment, to avoid injury do not open the hood.

WARNING

• Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving.

• Do not drive with the liftgate open.

This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle.

For additional information, see “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)”

(P. 5-4).

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

• Always be sure that hands and feet are clear of the door frame to avoid injury while closing the liftgate.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

CAUTION

Do not use accessory carriers that attach to the liftgate. Doing so will cause damage to the vehicle.

LPD2318

OPERATING THE MANUAL

LIFTGATE (if so equipped)

The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors including the liftgate simultaneously.

To open the liftgate, push the liftgate opener switch handle.

and pull up on the

To close, lower and push the liftgate down securely.

LPD2212

Instrument panel switch

OPERATING THE POWER LIFTGATE

(if so equipped)

WARNING

• Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the liftgate.

• Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls.

Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

NOTE:

To open, close or reverse the power liftgate, the shift lever must be in P (Park).

Also, the power liftgate will not operate if battery voltage is low.

Power Open:

The power liftgate automatically moves from the fully closed position to the fully open position in approximately 5 – 8 seconds. The power open feature can be activated by the switch on the Intelligent Key, the instrument panel switch, the liftgate opener switch O . A chime sounds to indicate the power open sequence has been started.

LPD2295

Liftgate opener switch

• The liftgate can be opened by the instrument panel switch, liftgate opener switch

O with the Intelligent Key in operating range and liftgate button on the key fob, even if the vehicle is locked. The liftgate will individually unlock and open. Once the liftgate is closed, the vehicle will remain in the unlock status.

• The Intelligent Key button must be held for 1 second before the liftgate opens.

• The liftgate must be unlocked to open it with the liftgate opener switch O if the

Intelligent Key is not in operating range.

LPD2407

Liftgate close switch

Power Close:

The power liftgate automatically moves from the fully open position to the secondary position. When the liftgate reaches the secondary position, the cinching motor engages and pulls the liftgate to its primary latch position. Power close takes approximately 7 – 10 seconds. The power close feature can be activated by the switch on the Intelligent Key, the instrument panel and the liftgate close switch O . A chime sounds to indicate the power close sequence has been started.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23

• If the liftgate close switch O is activated while the cinching motor is engaged, the cinching motor will disengage and release the latch.

• The Intelligent Key button must be held for 1 second before the liftgate closes.

Reverse:

The power liftgate will stop immediately during power open or power close if the

Intelligent Key switch, instrument panel switch, liftgate opener switch close switch

O or liftgate is pushed. The power liftgate will reverse direction if the Intelligent

Key switch, instrument panel switch, liftgate opener switch switch

O or liftgate close is pushed a second time. A chime will sound to announce the reversal.

Auto Reverse:

If an obstacle is detected during power open or power close, a warning chime will sound and the liftgate will reverse direction and return to the full open or full close position. If a second obstacle is detected, the liftgate motion will stop and the liftgate will enter manual mode.

NOTE:

A pinch strip is mounted on each side of the liftgate. If an obstacle is detected by a pinch strip during power close, the liftgate will reverse direction and return to the full open position.

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

If the pinch strip is damaged or removed, the power close function will not operate.

WARNING

There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the liftgate.

LPD2295

Manual Mode:

If power operation is not available, the liftgate may be operated manually. Power operation may not be available if multiple obstacles have been detected in a single power cycle or if battery voltage is low.

If the liftgate opener switch O is pushed during power open or close, the power operation will be canceled and the liftgate can be operated manually.

To open the liftgate manually, push the liftgate opener switch and lift the liftgate.

To close, lower and push the liftgate down securely.

Auto Power Liftgate System Battery

Power Saving Mode:

The vehicle goes into power saving mode when the liftgate is open for a long time

(approximately 12 hours). This is to prevent deterioration of the battery. The power saving mode automatically cuts the power supply of the power liftgate door.

When the power to the liftgate is cut off, the manual mode must be performed. After the manual mode is performed, the power liftgate function is restored.

NOTE:

When a battery voltage is lower than approximately 11V, the power liftgate may not operate after automatic return.

MOTION-ACTIVATED LIFTGATE (if so equipped)

The liftgate can be operated using a quick kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper.

To operate, the Intelligent Key must be within 47 in (120 cm) of the liftgate.

NOTE:

Tow hitches are available as an accessory for this vehicle. If a tow hitch is installed, the Motion-Activated Liftgate electronic control unit (ECU) needs to be replaced with an ECU programmed with towing logic for the Motion-Activated

Liftgate to function properly.

LPD2770

Activation zone

Proper operation technique

• While at the rear of the vehicle, begin making a quick forward kicking motion.

• Raise your foot straight under the center of the rear bumper then immediately return your foot to the ground in a continuous motion.

• The kicking motion should be straight, smooth and consistent.

• After your kick motion is complete, step back and allow the liftgate to open/close.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25

LPD2771

DO: Quick forward kick and return while the key fob is within range

• Three beeps will sound and the liftgate will begin moving within two seconds after the kick.

CAUTION

Before performing the kicking motion, steady your stance to prevent any loss of balance. Also, while making the kicking motion, take caution around hot exhaust system parts. Otherwise, there may be danger of injury.

LPD2764

DO NOT: Swing foot side to side or pause during kick

WARNING

Prevent unintentional liftgate opening/closing. There may be conditions when opening/closing the liftgate is not desired. Keep the Intelligent

Key out of range of the liftgate, (31.5 in or 80 cm), when washing or working around the back of the vehicle.

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTION

• Interference or malfunction can be caused by parking in close proximity to radio or satellite towers.

• Intelligent Key interference could be caused if you have your key fob stored next to your cell phone or any

RF-enabled smart card. For additional information, see “NISSAN Intel-

ligent Key® system” (P. 3-7).

LIFTGATE RELEASE

WARNING

• Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving.

• Do not drive with the liftgate open.

This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle.

For additional information, see “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)”

(P. 5-4).

• To avoid personal injury, do not attempt to activate the power liftgate if one or both of the liftgate struts are removed.

CAUTION

• If the power liftgate does not stay open or if the liftgate unexpectedly closes at any time while a continuous warning chime sounds, do not operate the liftgate. There may be a pressure loss in one or both of the liftgate struts. It is recommended that you have the liftgate inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• Do not activate the power liftgate if one or both of the liftgate struts are removed. Damage to the liftgate or power liftgate mechanisms may occur.

LPD2319

Liftgate release (manual and power)

The liftgate release mechanism allows the liftgate to be opened in the event of a discharged battery.

To release the liftgate from the inside of the vehicle, perform the following operations:

1. Position the rear bench seat forward. For additional information, see “Rear bench

seat adjustment” (P. 1-6).

2. Insert a suitable tool into the top access opening at about a 45 degree angle and rotate to the left until the lock releases.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27

3. Push the liftgate up to open.

NOTE:

If you had to open the liftgate using this procedure, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LPD2615

LIFTGATE POSITION SETTING (if so equipped)

The liftgate can be set to open to a specific height (garage mode) by performing the following:

1. Open the liftgate using the liftgate instrument panel switch, liftgate opener switch or the Intelligent Key button.

2. Pull the liftgate down and move to the desired height position (the liftgate will have some resistance when being manually adjusted).

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

3. Press and hold the power liftgate close switch O located on the liftgate for more than 3 seconds or until two beeps are heard.

The liftgate will open to the selected position setting. To change the position of the liftgate, repeat steps 1-3 for setting the position of the liftgate.

FUEL-FILLER DOOR

LPD2022

OPENER OPERATION

The fuel-filler door release is located below the instrument panel. To open the fuel-filler door, pull the release. To lock, close the fuelfiller door securely.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

• Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling.

• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

• Use only an original equipment type fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has a built-in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control system. An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury. It could also cause the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) to come on.

• Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle.

• Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers:

– Always place the container on the ground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices when filling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it.

– Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

• Do not use a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. For additional information, see “Fuel rec-

ommendation” (P. 10-4).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29

• The Loose Fuel Cap warning message will appear if the fuel-filler cap is not properly tightened. It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly after the

Loose Fuel Cap warning message appears may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.

• Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly may cause the Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate. If the light illuminates because the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle. The light should turn off after a few driving trips. If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips, have the vehicle inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• For additional information, see “Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)”

(P. 2-13).

• If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flush it away with water to avoid paint damage.

LPD2288

To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwise to remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into the fuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until it clicks.

LPD3029

Loose Fuel Cap warning message

The Loose Fuel Cap warning message appears in the vehicle information display when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed. To turn off the warning message, perform the following:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soon as possible. For additional informa-

tion, see “Fuel-filler cap” (P. 3-29).

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

STEERING WHEEL

3. Press the OK button on the steering wheel for about one second to turn off the Loose Fuel Cap warning message after tightening the fuel-filler cap.

WARNING

• Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.

• Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort. The driver's air bag inflates with great force. If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel. Always use the seat belts.

LPD2741

MANUAL OPERATION (if so equipped)

Tilt and telescopic operation

Push the lock lever down:

• Adjust the steering wheel up or down in direction to the desired position.

• Adjust the steering wheel forward or backward in direction position.

to the desired

Pull the lock lever O up firmly to lock the steering wheel in place.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31

AUTOMATIC OPERATION (if so equipped)

LPD3132

Tilt and telescopic operation

To adjust the steering wheel move the switch in the following directions:

• Adjust the steering wheel up or down in direction to the desired tilt position.

• Adjust the steering wheel forward or backward in direction

O to the desired telescopic position.

CAUTION

For vehicles with memory seat: Failure to reset the tilt and telescoping functions of the steering wheel, after the vehicle’s battery has been discharged, may prevent the steering wheel position from being adjusted.

Both the tilt and telescopic steering operation must be reset after the vehicle’s battery has been discharged in order to prevent the tilt and telescopic operation from locking in one position. When the battery has been recharged or replaced, perform the following:

• For tilt operation: Adjust the switch

O so the steering wheel moves to the highest position that can be reached.

• For telescopic operation: Adjust the switch O so the steering wheel moves to the most forward and backward position that can be reached.

Performing these operations resets the range of the steering wheel’s tilt and telescopic function.

Entry/Exit function (if so equipped)

The memory seat will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the driver's door is opened and the ignition switch is in the LOCK position. This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily. The steering wheel moves back into position when the driver's door is closed and the ignition switch is pushed.

For additional information, see “Memory

seat” (P. 3-37).

3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

SUN VISORS

WPD0344

1. To block glare from the front, swing down the main sun visor.

2. To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing the visor to the side .

3. To extend as needed.

O the sun visor, slide in or out

CAUTION

• Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position.

• Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward.

LPD2703

VANITY MIRRORS

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover.

The vanity mirror will illuminate when the mirror cover is open.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33

MIRRORS

LPD2340

Driver’s and passenger’s side

CARD HOLDER

To use the card holder, slide card into the clip. Do not view information while operating the vehicle.

WPD0126

MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEW

MIRROR (if so equipped)

Use the night position

O to reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night.

Use the day position daylight hours.

when driving in

WARNING

Use the night position only when necessary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE

REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped)

The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically dims during nighttime conditions and according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you. The automatic anti-glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

The indicator light

O will illuminate when the automatic anti-glare feature is operating.

NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sensors

O or apply glass cleaner to the sensors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors, resulting in improper operation.

3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

LPD2418

Type A (if so equipped)

The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically dims during night time conditions and according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you. The automatic anti-glare feature is activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

LPD0469

Type B (if so equipped)

The indicator light O will illuminate when the automatic anti-glare feature is operating.

• To turn off the automatic anti-glare feature, press the O button. The indicator light will turn off.

• To turn on the automatic anti-glare feature, press the | button again. The indicator light will turn on.

For additional information on HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver operation, see

“HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” (P. 2-66).

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

• Do not adjust the mirrors while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.

• Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause an accident. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-35

LPD2452

Electric control type

The outside mirror remote control will operate only when the ignition switch is in the

ACC or ON position.

Move the small switch

O to select the left or right mirror. Adjust each mirror to the desired position using the large switch O

Move the small switch to the center (neu-

.

tral) position to prevent accidentally moving the mirror.

LPD2112

Manual folding outside mirrors

Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it.

Heated mirrors (if so equipped)

Some outside mirrors can be heated to defrost, defog, or de-ice for improved visibility. For additional information, see “Rear window and/or outside mirror (if so

equipped) defroster switch” (P. 2-34).

Reverse tilt-down feature (if so equipped)

The reverse tilt-down feature will turn both outside mirror surfaces downward to provide better rear visibility close to the vehicle when the mirror control switch is in either the L or R position.

The mirrors automatically return to their original position when you shift out of R

(Reverse).

The outside mirror surfaces will return to their original position when one of the following conditions has occurred:

• The shift lever is moved to any position other than R (Reverse).

• The outside mirror control switch is set to the neutral or center position.

• The ignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

NOTE:

If the outside mirror control switch is in the center position, the mirror surface will NOT turn downward when the shift lever is moved to R (Reverse).

For additional information, see “Memory

seat” (P. 3-37).

3-36 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

MEMORY SEAT (if so equipped)

The memory seat system has three features:

• Memory storage function (Key-link)

• Memory storage function (Switch)

• Entry/exit function

Key-link, when enabled, automatically retains the driver’s last seat, outside mirrors and steering wheel (if so equipped) positions for that specific key when the ignition is turned from ON to OFF.

Each memory switch button (1 or 2) on the driver’s door can also store one additional position which is independent of the keylinked position.

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

(key-link)

Use the following process to setup key-link:

1. Unlock the vehicle with the desired Intelligent Key while the ignition is OFF.

2. Place the ignition in the ON position.

3. Within the “Settings” menu of the vehicle information display, select “Key-Linked

Settings” and press the OK button on the steering switch.

4. While in the menu, press the OK button on the steering switch to turn the system ON/OFF.

Once step 4 is completed, every time the ignition is switched from ON to OFF, the memory positions of the driver’s seat, outside mirrors and automatic steering wheel

(if so equipped) are linked to the Intelligent

Key.

Follow the same procedure if you want to link the 2nd, 3rd or 4th Intelligent Key.

NOTE:

If new memory positions are set prior to turning the ignition from ON to OFF, the previously linked memory positions for the respective key will be overwritten by new positions.

Recalling Intelligent Key memory positions

If the “Key-Linked Settings” are enabled in the vehicle information display for that particular key, every time you enter the vehicle the driver’s seat, mirrors and automatic steering wheel (if so equipped) will automatically move to the driver’s last position of the respective Intelligent Key.

NOTE:

The key-linked memory positions can be different from the positions stored in the memory switch (1 or 2).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-37

2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).

The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will come on and stay on for approximately 5 seconds. The chime will sound when the memory is stored.

NOTE:

If a new memory position is stored in the same memory switch, the previous memory position will be overwritten by the new stored position.

LPD2508

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

(switch)

Use the following process to manually store the two memory positions in the switch:

NOTE:

The vehicle should be stopped while setting the memory.

1. Adjust the driver's seat, outside mirrors and steering wheel (if so equipped) to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch. For addi-

tional information, see “Seats” (P. 1-2).

3-38 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Recalling switch memory positions

To recall the manually stored positions, push the memory switch (1 or 2). The driver’s seat and automatic steering wheel (if so equipped) will move to the positions stored to those buttons.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION (if so equipped)

This system is designed so that the driver's seat and steering column will automatically move when the shift lever is in the P

(Park) position. This allows the driver to easily get in and out of the driver’s seat.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up when the ignition is switched to OFF and the driver’s door is open.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous position when the ignition switch is switched to ON.

The entry/exit function can be enabled or disabled through the “Vehicle Settings” in the vehicle information display by performing the following:

• Switch the Exit Seat Slide from ON to OFF.

• Switch the Exit Steering Up from ON to

OFF.

Restarting the entry/exit function

If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens, the stored memory positions may be lost and some of the functions will be restricted.

1. Drive the vehicle over 25 mph (40 km/h).

OR

2. Open and close the driver's door more than two times with the ignition switch in the OFF position.

The entry/exit function should now work properly.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The memory seat system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions:

• When the vehicle speed is above 4 mph (7 km/h).

• When any of the memory switches are pushed while the memory seat is operating.

• When the switch for the driver’s seat and steering column is pushed while the memory seat is operating.

• When the seat has already been moved to the memorized position.

• When no seat position is stored in the memory switch.

• When the shift lever is moved from P

(Park) to any other position.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-39

MEMO

3-40 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4

Difference between predicted and actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

How to park with predicted course lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

How to turn on and off predicted course lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8

RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . 4-8

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

Intelligent Around View Monitor

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Intelligent Around View Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11

Difference between predicted and actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15

How to park with predicted course lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16

How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17

Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18

Intelligent Around View Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21

Moving Object Detection (MOD)

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

MOD system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Turning MOD on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Heater and Air Conditioner (automatic) . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29

Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31

USB/iPod® charging port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

iPod®/iPhone® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33

NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’S

MANUAL

Refer to the NissanConnect® Owner’s

Manual that includes the following information.

• NissanConnect® Services (if so equipped)

• Navigation system (if so equipped)

• Audio system

• Apple CarPlay®

• Android Auto

TM

• Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

• Viewing information

• Other settings

• Voice recognition

• General system information

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

1. CAMERA button

WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Rear-

View Monitor system could result in serious injury or death.

• RearView Monitor is a convenience feature and is not a substitute for proper backing. Always turn and look out the windows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always back up slowly.

LHA5076

• The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large stationary objects directly behind the vehicle, to help avoid damaging the vehicle.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

• The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.

The RearView Monitor system automatically shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse) position. While in the R (Reverse), pressing the CAMERA button will cycle through guideline options. The radio can still be heard while the RearView Monitor is active.

LHA3828

To display the rear view, the RearView Monitor system uses a camera located just above the vehicle’s license plate .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

OPERATION

With the ignition switch in the ON position, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the RearView Monitor.

LHA4805

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED

LINES

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the vehicle body line played on the monitor.

are dis-

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

• Red line : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

• Yellow line

• Green line

O

O

: approx. 3 ft (1 m)

: approx. 7 ft (2 m)

4-4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Vehicle width guide lines

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predicted course lines

Indicate the predicted course when backing up. The predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the steering wheel is turned. The predicted course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED

AND ACTUAL DISTANCES

The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.

LHA5040

Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor.

LHA5041

Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5

LHA4995

Backing up near a projecting object

The predicted course lines

O do not touch the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course.

LHA5042

Backing up behind a projecting object

The position position

O is shown farther than the in the display. However, the position O is actually at the same distance as the position . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position O if the object projects over the actual backing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED

COURSE LINES

WARNING

• If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line.

• If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.

• When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ACC position, the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

4-6 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines to the parking space

O parallel while referring to the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, move the shift lever to the P

(Park) position and apply the parking brake.

LHA5043

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen

O when the shift lever is moved to the R (Reverse) position.

LHA4770

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predicted course lines

.

enter the parking space

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

1. While on the main menu screen, press the CAMERA button.

2. Touch the “Display Settings” key.

LHA5047

3. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”

“Color,” or “Black Level” key.

4. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “–” key on the touch-screen display.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF

PREDICTED COURSE LINES

To toggle on and off the predicted course lines while in the P (Park) position:

1. Press the CAMERA button.

2. Touch the “Predicted Course Lines” key to turn the feature on or off.

To toggle on and off the predicted course lines while in the R (Reverse) position, press the CAMERA button.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM

LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for RearView Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

• The system cannot completely eliminate blind spots and may not show every object.

• Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor because of its monitoring range limitation. The system will not show small objects below the bumper, and may not show objects close to the bumper or on the ground.

• Objects viewed in the RearView

Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide-angle lens is used.

• Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors.

• Use the displayed lines as a reference. The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road conditions and road grade.

• Make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when backing up.

• Do not put anything on the rearview camera. The rearview camera is installed above the license plate.

4-8 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

• When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock.

• Do not strike the camera. It is a precision instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction:

• When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not clearly display objects.

• When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.

• Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen. This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper.

• The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.

• The colors of objects on the RearView

Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.

• Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment.

• There may be a delay when switching between views.

• If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on the camera, the RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera.

• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

LHA3828

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.

• Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera O , the RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping it with a dry cloth.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW

MONITOR (if so equipped)

1. CAMERA button

4-10 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

LHA5076

WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for the proper use of the

Intelligent Around View Monitor system could result in serious injury or death.

• The Intelligent Around View Monitor is a convenience feature and is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed. The four corners of the vehicle in particular, are areas where objects do not always appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rear views. Always check your surroundings to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly.

• The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.

The Intelligent Around View Monitor system is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking.

The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format. Not all views are available at all times.

Available views:

• Front View

An approximately 150–degree view of the front of the vehicle.

• Rear View

An approximately 150–degree view of the rear of the vehicle.

• Bird's-Eye View

The surrounding views of the vehicle from above.

• Front-Side View

The view around and ahead of the front passenger's side wheel.

• Full Screen Rear View

The view to the rear of the vehicle (which is a little wider than the standard Rear

View).

LHA3830

To display the multiple views, the Intelligent

Around View Monitor system uses cameras located in the front grille, on the vehicle’s outside mirrors and one just above the vehicle’s license plate .

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW

MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION

With the ignition switch in the ON position, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Intelligent Around

View Monitor.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11

When the camera is first activated with the bird’s-eye view in the display, a red icon (if so equipped) will flash on the screen. This indicates that the sonar system (if so equipped) is activated. For additional information on the front and rear sonar system

(if so equipped), see “Front and rear sonar

system” (P. 5-124).

The screen displayed on the Intelligent

Around View Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes after the CAMERA button has been pressed with the shift lever in a position other than the R

(Reverse) position.

Available views

WARNING

• The distance guide lines and the vehicle width lines should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved, level surface. The apparent distance viewed on the monitor may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.

• Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines and the bird’s-eye view are greatly affected by the number of occupants, cargo, fuel level, vehicle position, road condition and road grade.

• If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predicted course lines and the bird's-eye view may be displayed incorrectly.

• When driving the vehicle up a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear. When driving the vehicle down a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear.

• Objects in the rear view will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the monitor and outside mirrors.

• Use the mirrors or actually look to properly judge distances to other objects.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predicted course lines and the actual course line.

• The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course.

• The displayed lines will appear slightly off to the right, because the rearview camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle.

4-12 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about

90 degrees or less from the straightahead position, both the right and left predicted course lines

O are displayed.

When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, a line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn.

SAA1840

Front view

Front and rear view

Guiding lines that indicate the approximate vehicle width and distance to objects with reference to the vehicle body line displayed on the monitor.

are

Distance guide lines:

Indicate distances from the vehicle body:

• Red line

O

• Yellow line

: approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

O

: approximately 3 ft (1 m)

• Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

• Green line O so equipped)

: approximately 10 ft (3 m) (if

LHA4992

Rear view

Vehicle width guide lines :

Indicate the approximate vehicle width when backing up.

Predicted course lines :

Indicate the predicted course when operating the vehicle. The predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned. The predicted course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13

LHA4264

Bird’s-eye view

The bird's-eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicle position and the predicted course to a parking space.

The vehicle icon O shows the position of the vehicle. Note that the apparent distance between objects viewed in the bird's-eye view may differ somewhat from the actual distance to the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover are indicated in black.

After the ignition switched is placed in the

ON position, the non-viewable area O is highlighted in yellow for 3 seconds after the birds-eye view is displayed.

In addition, the non-viewable corners (if so equipped) are displayed in red and will blink for the first 3 seconds to remind the driver to be cautious.

WARNING

• Objects in the bird's-eye view will appear further than the actual distance.

• Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views.

• Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed.

• The view of the bird's-eye view may be misaligned when the camera position alters.

• A line on the ground may be misaligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views. The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle.

LHA2652

Front-side view

Guiding lines

Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line part of the vehicle.

shows the front

The side-of-vehicle line O shows the approximate vehicle width including the outside mirrors.

The extensions side

O of both the front O and lines are shown with a green dotted line.

4-14 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED

AND ACTUAL DISTANCES

The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.

LHA5040

Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor.

LHA5041

Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15

LHA4995

Backing up near a projecting object

The predicted course lines

O do not touch the object in the display. However, the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course.

LHA5042

Backing up behind a projecting object

The position position

O is shown farther than the in the display. However, the position O is actually at the same distance as the position . The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the position O if the object projects over the actual backing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED

COURSE LINES

WARNING

• If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line.

• If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.

• When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ACC position, the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

4-16 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

LHA5043

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen

O when the shift lever is moved to the R (Reverse) position.

LHA4770

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predicted course lines

.

enter the parking space

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines to the parking space

O parallel while referring to the predicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, move the shift lever to the P

(Park) position and apply the parking brake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY

With the ignition switch in the ON position, press the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Intelligent Around View Monitor.

The Intelligent Around View Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever. Press the CAMERA button to switch between the available views.

If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, the available views are:

• Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen

• Rear view/front-side view split screen

• Full screen rear view

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17

If the shift lever is in the P (Park) or D (Drive) position, the available views are:

• Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen

• Front view/front-side view split screen

The display will switch from the Intelligent

Around View Monitor screen when:

• The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position and the vehicle speed increases above approximately 6 mph (10 km/h)

• A different screen is selected.

LHA5047

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Touch the “Settings” key.

3. Touch the “ > ” key to move to the next page.

4. Touch the “Camera” key.

5. Touch “Display settings” key.

6. Touch the “Brightness,” “Contrast,” “Tint,”

“Color,” or “Black Level” key.

7. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or “-” key on the touch-screen display or by turning the Tune-Scroll knob.

4-18 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings of the Intelligent Around View Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.

LHA3831

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW

MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for Intelligent Around View Monitor.

Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

• Do not use the Intelligent Around

View Monitor with the outside mirrors in the stored position, and make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Intelligent Around View

Monitor.

• The apparent distance between objects viewed on the Intelligent

Around View Monitor differs from the actual distance.

• The cameras are installed on the front grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate. Do not put anything on the vehicle that covers the cameras.

• When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the cameras. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock.

• Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments.

Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock.

There are some areas where the system will not show objects and the system does not warn of moving objects. When in the front or rear view display, an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed O . When in the bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the seam

O of the camera viewing areas will not appear in the monitor.

The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction:

• There may be a delay when switching between views.

• When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly.

• When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.

• The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.

• The colors of objects on the Intelligent

Around View Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19

• Objects on the Intelligent Around View

Monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environment.

• There may be differences in sharpness between each camera view of the bird'seye view.

• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

LHA3591

System temporarily unavailable

When the “!” icon is displayed on the screen, there are abnormal conditions in the Intelligent Around View Monitor. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LHA3592

When the “[X]” icon is displayed on the screen, the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding devices. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected if it occurs frequently. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

4-20 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

LHA5038

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.

• Do not damage the cameras as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras O , the Intelligent Around

View Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD)

(if so equipped)

1. CAMERA button

4-22 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

LHA5076

WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Moving Object Detection (MOD) system could result in serious injury or death.

• The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and is not designed to prevent contact with objects surrounding the vehicle.

When maneuvering, always use the outside mirrors and rearview mirror and turn and check the surroundings to ensure it is safe to maneuver.

• The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds.

• The MOD system is not designed to detect surrounding stationary objects.

The MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects near the vehicle when backing out of garages, maneuvering in parking lots and in other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATION

The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions:

• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.

• When vehicle speed decreases below approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and the camera screen is displayed.

LHA4190

Front and bird’s-eye views

The MOD system operates in the following conditions when the camera view is displayed:

• When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N

(Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped, the MOD system detects moving objects in the bird’s-eye view. The

MOD system will not operate if the outside mirrors are moving in or out, in the stowed position, or if either front door is opened.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23

LHA5171

Rear and bird’s-eye views

• When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 6 mph (10 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view.

• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 6 mph (10 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the rear view. The MOD system will not operate if the liftgate is open.

LHA4997

Rear and front-side views

The MOD system does not detect moving objects in the front-side view. The MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view.

When the MOD system detects moving objects near the vehicle, a chime will be heard and a yellow frame will be displayed on the view where the objects are detected. While the MOD system continues to detect moving objects, the yellow frame continues to be displayed.

LHA4998

Full screen rear view

NOTE:

While the Rear Cross Traffic Alert chime

(if so equipped) is beeping, the MOD system does not chime

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame

O is displayed on each camera image (front, rear, right, left) depending on where moving objects are detected.

The yellow frame

O is displayed on each view in the front view and rear view modes.

4-24 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

A blue MOD icon O is displayed in the view where the MOD system is operative. A gray

MOD icon is displayed in the view where the

MOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon is not displayed.

TURNING MOD ON AND OFF

To turn the MOD system on or off, press and hold the CAMERA button for more than 2 seconds.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

• Do not use the MOD system when towing a trailer. The system may not function properly.

• Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.

• The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmental conditions and surrounding objects such as:

– When there is low contrast between background and the moving objects.

– When there is a blinking source of light.

– When strong light such as another vehicle’s headlight or sunlight is present.

– When camera orientation is not in its usual position, such as when a mirror is folded.

– When there is dirt, water drops or snow on the camera lens.

– When the position of the moving objects in the display is not changed.

• The MOD system might detect flowing water droplets on the camera lens, white smoke from the muffler, moving shadows, etc.

• The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed, direction, distance or shape of the moving objects.

• If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly.

• When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. This is not a malfunction.

NOTE:

The blue MOD icon will change to orange if one of the following has occurred:

• When the system is malfunctioning.

• When the component temperature reaches a high level (icon will blink).

• When the RearView camera has detected a blockage (icon will blink).

If the icon light continues to illuminate orange, have the MOD system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras O , the MOD system may not operate properly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

VENTS

LHA3830

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.

• Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

4-26 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

LHA4390

Side

Adjust air flow direction by moving the vent slides.

Open or close the vents by using the dial.

Move the dial toward the to open the vents or toward the to close them.

Center

LHA5028

Rear

LHA1134

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

(automatic)

LHA3200

1.

Temperature control dial (driver’s side)/

AUTO button

2.

ON-OFF button

3.

Display screen

4.

MODE (manual air flow control) button

5.

Temperature control dial (passenger’s

6.

side)/DUAL button

Fresh air intake button

7.

Air recirculation button

8.

A/C (air conditioner) button

9.

10.

fan speed control buttons

REAR window and outside mirror

11.

(if so equipped) defroster switch

FRONT (defroster) button

4-28 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

WARNING

• The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running.

• Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle.

Pets should also not be left alone.

They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.

• Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up.

NOTE:

• Odors from inside and outside the vehicle can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents.

• When parking, set the heater and air conditioner controls to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compartment. This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidified heating (AUTO)

This mode may be used all year round as the system automatically works to keep a constant temperature. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically.

1. Press the AUTO button on. The indicator on the button will illuminate.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to the left or right to set the desired temperature.

• The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically.

• A visible mist may be seen coming from the vents in hot, humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

3. You can individually set driver's and front passenger's side temperature using each temperature control dial. When the

DUAL button is pressed or passenger's side temperature dial is turned, the

DUAL indicator will come on. To turn off the passenger's side temperature control, press the DUAL button.

Heating (A/C OFF)

The air conditioner does not activate. When you need to heat only, use this mode.

1. Press the AUTO button.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature.

• The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained automatically. Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically.

• Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature. Otherwise, the system may not work properly.

• Not recommended if windows fog up.

• As soon as possible after the windshield is clean, press the AUTO button to return to the automatic mode.

• When the front defroster button is pressed, the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 36°F (2°C). The air recirculate mode automatically turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance. When the air recirculate mode automatically turns off, the air fresh mode will automatically turn on.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging

1. Press the front defroster button on.

The indicator light on the button will come on.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the maximum temperature to aid in defrosting or defogging.

• To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows, use the fan speed control buttons to set the fan speed to maximum.

Remote Engine Start with

Intelligent Climate Control (if so equipped)

Vehicles equipped with automatic climate controls and Remote Engine Start function may go into automatic heating or cooling mode when Remote Engine Start is activated depending on outside and cabin temperatures. During this period, the climate control display and buttons will be inoperable until the ignition switch is turned on. In Remote Engine Start defrosting mode, the rear window defroster, heated seats (if so equipped) and heated steering wheel (if so equipped) may be activated automatically.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Press the fan speed control buttons to manually control the fan speed.

Press the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control dial

The temperature control dial allows you to adjust the temperature of the outlet air. To lower the temperature, turn the dial to the left. To increase the temperature, turn the dial to the right. Temperature can be adjusted on the driver’s and passenger’s side.

Air recirculation

Press the air recirculation button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle.

The come on.

indicator light on the button will

The air recirculation cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode.

When the outside temperature exceeds

70°F (21°C), the air conditioning system may default to air recirculation mode automatically to reduce overall power consumption.

To exit air recirculation mode, select the fresh air intake button to enter fresh air mode.

Fresh air intake

Press the fresh air intake button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment.

A/C (air conditioner) button

Start the engine, press the fan speed control buttons to the desired position and press the button to turn on the air conditioner. To turn off the air conditioner, press the button again.

The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running.

Air flow control

Pressing the MODE button manually controls air flow and selects the air outlet:

— Air flows mainly from center and side vents.

— Air flows mainly from center and side vents and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot outlets and partly from defroster.

— Air flows mainly from defroster and foot outlets.

To turn system off

Press the ON-OFF button.

Rear window and outside mirror

(if so equipped) defroster switch

For additional information, see “Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped)

defroster switch” (P. 2-34).

4-30 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER

LHA5046

OPERATING TIPS

Sensors, O and O on the instrument panel, help the system maintain a constant temperature. Do not put anything on or around these sensors.

• When the climate system is in automatic operation and the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low, the air flow outlet may default to defroster mode for a maximum of 2 minutes and 30 seconds. This is not a malfunction.

After the engine coolant temperature warms up, the air flow outlet will return to foot mode and operation will continue normally.

• When the outside and interior cabin temperatures are moderate to high, the intake setting may default to turn off air recirculation to allow fresh air into the passenger compartment. You may notice air flow from the foot mode, bi-level mode, or side demist vent outlets for a maximum of 15 seconds. This may occur when the previous climate setting was turned off. This is not a malfunction. After the initial warm air is expelled, the intake will return to automatic control, air flow outlet will return to previous settings, and operation may continue normally. To exit, press any climate control button.

• Keep the moonroof (if so equipped) closed while the air conditioner is in operation.

• If you feel that the air flow mode you have selected and the outlets the air is coming out do not match, select the mode.

• When you change the air flow mode, you may feel air flow from the foot outlets for just a moment. This is not a malfunction.

The air conditioner system in your NISSAN vehicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind.

This refrigerant does not harm the earth's ozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant is required when servicing your NISSAN air conditioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your air conditioner system. For additional information, see “Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations”

(P. 10-8).

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer to service your “environmentally friendly” air conditioner system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refrigerant under high pressure. To avoid personal injury, any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician equipment.

with proper

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31

USB/iPod® CHARGING PORT ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

LHA5039

2nd row

There are USB/iPod® charging ports located in the 2nd row on the back of the center console. These ports will charge compatible devices.

NOTE:

Only the USB connection port(s) located below the instrument panel will allow operation of USB/iPod® devices through the audio system.

The vehicle is equipped with a shark fin antenna and an antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window.

CAUTION

• Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it. This may cause poor reception or noise.

• When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna.

Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth.

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following precautions; otherwise, the new equipment may adversely affect the engine control system and other electronic parts.

WARNING

• A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving.

• If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands free cellular phone operational mode is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

• If you are unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle.

4-32 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

iPod®/IPHONE®

CAUTION

• Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules.

• Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in

(20 cm) away from the electronic control system harnesses. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness.

• Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer.

• Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body.

• For additional information, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

“Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and

“Made for iPad” mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, iPhone or iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards.

Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wireless performance.

iPad, iPhone, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle and iPod touch are trademarks of

Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Lightning is a trademark of

Apple Inc.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33

MEMO

4-34 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5

On-pavement and off-road driving precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-10

Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13

Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . 5-14

Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . 5-17

Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23

Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so equipped) . . . 5-24

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Turning the Traffic Sign Recognition

(TSR) system on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

LDW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28

How to enable/disable the LDW system . . . . . 5-29

LDW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32

I-LI system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33

How to enable/disable the I-LI system . . . . . . 5-34

I-LI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-40

BSW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41

BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47

RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48

How to enable/disable the RCTA system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50

RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54

Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55

Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-55

Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if so equipped) . . 5-58

How to select the cruise control mode . . . . . . 5-60

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82

RAB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83

Turning the RAB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84

RAB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87

AEB with Pedestrian Detection system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-88

Turning the AEB with Pedestrian

Detection system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90

AEB with Pedestrian Detection system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95

Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . . . 5-97

I-FCW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99

Turning the I-FCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100

I-FCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101

System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108

Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109

Intelligent Driver Alertness system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110

How to enable/disable the Intelligent

Driver Alertness (I-DA) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111

Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113

Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113

Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 5-114

Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-117

Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118

Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119

Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . 5-121

Rise-up and build-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-122

Brake force distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123

Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124

Front and rear sonar system (if so equipped) . . 5-124

How to enable/disable the front and rear sonar system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127

Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127

Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127

Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127

Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127

Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127

Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND

DRIVING

WARNING

• Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assistance of others alone in your vehicle.

Pets should also not be left alone.

They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

• Exceeding the roof rack capacity can change the vehicle's center of gravity and adversely affect the handling and stability of the vehicle resulting in an accident causing death or serious injury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

• Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or death.

• If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle, drive with all windows fully open, and have the vehicle inspected immediately.

• Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage.

• Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time.

• Keep the liftgate and rear vent windows closed while driving, otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment. If you must drive with the liftgate or rear vent windows open, follow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation button to off and the fan control dial to high to circulate the air.

• If electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the liftgate or the body, follow the manufacturer's recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle.

• The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever: a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system, underbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system.

Exhaust gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

5-4 Starting and driving

WARNING

• The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot. Keep people, animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system components.

• Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.

CAUTION

• Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits from leaded gasoline will seriously reduce the three-way catalyst's ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants.

• Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunctions in the ignition, fuel injection, or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three-way catalyst, causing it to overheat. Do not keep driving if the engine misfires, or if noticeable loss of performance or other unusual operating conditions are detected. Have the vehicle inspected promptly. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.

• Do not race the engine while warming it up.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING

SYSTEM (TPMS)

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with a

TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale.

When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that

Starting and driving 5-5

prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.

Additional information:

• When using a wheel without the TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.

• The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example, a flat tire while driving).

• The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above

16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warning appears in the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected. The “Tire Pressure Low — Add

Air” warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a

TPMS malfunction.

• Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle’s operation and the outside temperature. Do not reduce the tire pressure after driving because the tire pressure rises after driving.

Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If the warning light illuminates, check the tire pressure for all four tires.

• The Tire and Loading Information label is located in the driver's door opening.

• You can also check the pressure of all tires (except the spare tire) on the vehicle information display screen. The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen corresponds with the actual order of the tire position.

For additional information, see “Low tire

pressure warning light” (P. 2-12) and “Tire

Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 6-3).

WARNING

• Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.

5-6 Starting and driving

• If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible.

Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure.

Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading

Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light off. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible. (For additional information on changing a flat tire,

see “Flat tire” (P. 6-3).)

• When using a wheel without the

TPMS such as the spare tire, when a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced, tire pressure will not be indicated, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after

1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the

TPMS.

• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION

• The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow.

• Do not place metalized film or any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause poor reception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors, and the TPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the

TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate.

Some examples are:

• Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle.

• If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle.

• If a computer (or similar equipment) or a

DC/AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light may illuminate in the following cases:

• If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and tire without TPMS.

• If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID has not been registered.

• If the wheel is not originally specified by

NISSAN.

Starting and driving 5-7

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry

Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert

When adding air to an under-inflated tire, the TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. Do not start the engine.

Operation

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicators will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure is reached, the horn beeps once and the hazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

• If the tire is over-inflated more than approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash three times. To correct the pressure, push the core of the valve stem on the tire briefly to release pressure. When the pressure reaches the designated pressure, the horn beeps once.

• If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, it indicates that the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not operating.

• The TPMS will not activate the Easy-Fill

Tire Alert under the following conditions:

– If there is interference from an external device or transmitter.

– The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire.

– There is a malfunction in the TPMS.

– There is a malfunction in the horn or hazard indicators.

– The identification code of the tire pressure sensor is not registered to the system.

– The battery of the tire pressure sensor is low.

• If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not operate due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward or forward and try again.

If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a tire pressure gauge.

5-8 Starting and driving

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD

DRIVING PRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than passenger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on-pavement and off-road applications. This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles. An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road, allowing you to anticipate problems. However, they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional 2-Wheel

Drive vehicles any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds.

As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt.

For additional information, see “Driving

safety precautions” (P. 5-11).

AVOIDING COLLISION AND

ROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.

Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, high speed cornering, or sudden steering maneuvers, because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle.

As with any vehicle, loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to roll over, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways.

Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system” section of this manual, and also instruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers.

In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

While driving, the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle to follow the road while vehicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced.

Starting and driving 5-9

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface. When all tires are on the road surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane.

• If you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspecting the tires for wear and damage. For additional information, see

“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27). If a tire rapidly

loses air pressure or “blows-out” while driving, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide.

The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

If there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure, the vehicle will generally move or pull in the direction of the flat tire. In this situation, losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury.

To help avoid loss of control:

• Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

• Do not rapidly release the accelerator pedal.

• Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the accelerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire. For additional infor-

mation, see “Changing a flat tire” (P. 6-4).

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND

DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination, delays reaction time and impairs judgement.

Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others.

Additionally, if you are injured in an accident, alcohol can increase the severity of the injury.

5-10 Starting and driving

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However, you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol-related collisions. Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don't mix!

That is true for drugs (over-the-counter, prescription) and illegal drugs, too. Don't drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use, unlike a conventional off-road vehicle.

Remember that 2-Wheel Drive (2WD) models are less capable than All-Wheel Drive

(AWD) models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow or mud, or the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

• Spinning the front wheels on slippery surfaces may cause the AWD warning message to display and the AWD system to automatically switch from the AWD to the 2WD mode. This could reduce the traction. Be especially careful when towing a trailer (AWD models).

• Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas. Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat belt fastened. This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain.

• Do not drive across steep slopes. Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes. Off-road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward.

• Many hills are too steep for any vehicle. If you drive up them, you may stall. If you drive down them, you may not be able to control your speed. If you drive across them, you may roll over.

• Do not shift gears while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle.

• Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill. At the top there could be a dropoff or other hazard that could cause an accident.

• If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill, never attempt to turn around. Your vehicle could tip or roll over. Always back straight down in R (Reverse) gear and apply brakes to control your speed.

• Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade, resulting in loss of control and an accident. Apply brakes lightly and use a low gear to control your speed.

• Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough terrain. Properly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passengers.

• Exceeding the roof rack capacity can raise the center of gravity excessively and affect the handling and stability of the vehicle.

Starting and driving 5-11

• Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible.

Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than specified in this manual.

This could cause your vehicle to roll over.

• Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving offroad. The steering wheel could move suddenly and injure your hands. Instead drive with your fingers and thumbs on the outside of the rim.

• Before operating the vehicle, ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened.

• Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may become hot.

• Lower your speed when encountering strong crosswinds. With a higher center of gravity, your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds. Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control.

• Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires, even with AWD engaged.

• For AWD equipped vehicles, do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

• Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing) or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

• When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface, do not spin the wheel excessively.

• Accelerating quickly, sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control.

• If at all possible, avoid sharp turning maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. Your NISSAN vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a passenger car. The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as passenger cars.

• Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and/or a rollover accident.

• Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction (bias, biasbelted, or radial), and tread pattern on all four wheels. Install tire chains on the front wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully.

• Be sure to check the brakes immediately after driving in mud or water.

For additional information, see

“Brake precautions” (P. 5-119).

• Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills. If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward, backward or sideways, you could be injured.

5-12 Starting and driving

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

• Whenever you drive off-road through sand, mud or water as deep as the wheel hub, more frequent maintenance may be required. For additional information, see “Maintenance

schedules” (P. 9-7).

LSD2014

WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency. (The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed three consecutive times in less than 1.5

seconds or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a crash and serious injury.

When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch will illuminate.

If the ignition switch is in the LOCK or OFF position, push the ignition switch center:

• Once to change to ACC.

• Two times to change to ON.

• Three times to change to OFF.

The shift lever can be moved from the P

(Park) position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, the ignition switch cannot be moved from the LOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display. For additional information, see

“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-17).

Starting and driving 5-13

LSD2020

OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the ignition switch to start the engine.

The operating range of the engine start function is inside of the vehicle .

• The luggage area is not included in the operating range, but the Intelligent Key may function.

• If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel or inside the glove box, storage bin or door pocket, the Intelligent

Key may not function.

• If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle, the

Intelligent Key may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH

POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)

The ignition switch can only be locked in this position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is placed in the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key.

The ignition switch will lock when any door is opened or closed with the ignition switched off.

ACC (Accessories)

This position activates electrical accessories, such as the radio, when the engine is not running.

ACC has a battery saver feature that will place the ignition switch in the OFF position after a period of time under the following conditions:

• All doors are closed.

• The shift lever is in P (Park).

• The hazard lamps are off.

• The turn signals are off.

The battery saver feature will be canceled if any of the following occur:

• Any door is opened.

• The shift lever is moved out of P (Park).

• The ignition switch changes position.

• The hazard lamps are turned on.

ON (Normal operating position)

This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that will place the ignition switch in the OFF position, if the vehicle is not running, after some time under the following conditions:

• All doors are closed.

5-14 Starting and driving

• The shift lever is in P (Park).

• The hazard lamps are off.

• The turn signals are off.

The battery saver feature will be canceled if any of the following occur:

• Any door is opened.

• The shift lever is moved out of the P (Park) position.

• The ignition switch changes position.

• The hazard lamps are turned on.

• The turn signals are turned on.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position when the engine is not running for an extended period. This can discharge the battery.

OFF

The ignition switch is in the OFF position when the engine is turned off using the ignition switch. The ignition switch heart beat function (pulsed illumination) may activate for a period of time when any door is unlocked and when the door opened/ closed status changes in the OFF and ACC positions.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving, perform the following procedure:

• Rapidly push the ignition switch three consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or

• Push and hold the ignition switch for more than 2 seconds.

SSD0860

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®

BATTERY DISCHARGE

If the battery of the NISSAN Intelligent Key® is discharged, or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation, start the engine according to the following procedure:

1. Place the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

Starting and driving 5-15

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

(After step 3 is performed, when the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the ignition switch position will change to ON.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds. The engine will start.

NOTE:

• When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position or the engine is started by the above procedure, the Intelligent

Key battery discharge indicator appears in the vehicle information display even when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. To turn off the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator, touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key again.

• If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears, replace the battery as soon as possible. For additional information, see “Battery replacement”

(P. 8-23).

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key.

If the engine fails to start using a registered key (for example, when interference is caused by another registered key, an automated toll road device or automatic payment device on the key ring), restart the engine using the following procedure:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or

LOCK position, and wait approximately

10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device (which may have caused the interference) separate from the registered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices.

• Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear.

• Check fluid levels such as engine oil, coolant, brake fluid, and windshield-washer fluid as frequently as possible, or at least whenever you refuel.

• Check that all windows and lights are clean.

• Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Also check tires for proper inflation.

• Check that all doors are closed.

• Position seat and adjust head restraints/headrests.

• Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

• Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise.

• Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is placed in the

ON position. For additional information, see “Warning lights, indicator lights and

audible reminders” (P. 2-8).

5-16 Starting and driving

STARTING THE ENGINE

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The starter is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in either P

(Park) or N (Neutral).

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON position. Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position.

• If the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restarting, depress the accelerator pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the floor) and while holding, crank the engine. Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts.

• If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded, depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it. Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to the LOCK position. After cranking the engine, release the accelerator pedal. Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the ignition switch to start the engine. If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time. If the engine does not start, push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before cranking again, otherwise the starter could be damaged.

4.

Warm-up:

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting. Do not race the engine while warming it up. Drive at a moderate speed for a short distance first, especially in cold weather. In cold weather, keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 to 3 minutes before shutting it off. Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start.

5. To stop the engine, move the shift lever into the P (Park) position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.

REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)

Vehicles started with the Remote Engine

Start require the ignition switch to be placed in the ON position before the shift lever can be moved from the P (Park) position. To place the ignition switch in the ON position, follow these steps:

1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is on you.

2. Apply the brake.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ON position.

Starting and driving 5-17

DRIVING THE VEHICLE

For additional information, see “NISSAN In-

telligent Key®” (P. 3-2).

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE

TRANSMISSION (CVT)

WARNING

• Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M

(Manual shift mode). Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident.

• Cold engine idle speed is high, so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up.

• Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of control.

• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R

(Reverse) position while the vehicle is moving forward and P (Park) or D

(Drive) position while the vehicle is reversing. This could cause an accident or damage the transmission.

CAUTION

• To avoid possible damage to your vehicle, when stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose.

• Except in an emergency, do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while driving. Coasting with the transmission in the N (Neutral) position may cause serious damage to the transmission.

The CVT in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages. Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically reduced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers.

5-18 Starting and driving

Starting the vehicle

1. After starting the engine, fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever out of the P (Park) position.

This Continuously Variable Transmission is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P (Park) to any driving position while the ignition switch is in the

ON position.

The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P (Park) position and into any of the other positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK, OFF or

ACC position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brake pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

WARNING

• Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M

(Manual shift mode) position. Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident.

• Cold engine idle speed is high, so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up.

• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R

(Reverse) position while the vehicle is moving forward and P (Park) or D

(Drive) position while the vehicle is reversing. This could cause an accident or damage the transmission.

• Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of control.

CAUTION

• To avoid possible damage to your vehicle, when stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose.

• Except in an emergency, do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while driving. Coasting with the transmission in the N (Neutral) position may cause serious damage to the transmission.

Starting and driving 5-19

LSD3162

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress the brake pedal, press the shift lever button and move the shift lever from the P (Park) position to any of the desired shift positions.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage.

5-20 Starting and driving

CAUTION

Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.

P (Park)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, use the P (Park) position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.

Use the P (Park) shift lever position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped.

The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pressed in to move the shift lever from N

(Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park).

Apply the parking brake. When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake first, then move the shift lever into the P (Park) position.

R (Reverse)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, use the R (Reverse) position only when the vehicle is completely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up.

Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position.

The brake pedal must be depressed and the shift lever button pressed in to move the shift lever from P

(Park), N (Neutral) or any drive position to

R (Reverse).

N (Neutral)

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The engine can be started in this position. You may shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive)

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

LSD2489

Manual shift mode

When the shift lever is in the manual shift gate, the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode. Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the shift lever up or down. To cancel manual shift mode, return the shift lever to the D (Drive) position. The transmission returns to automatic driving mode.

When the shift lever is moved from D (Drive) to the manual shift gate with the vehicle stopped or while driving, the transmission enters the manual shift mode. Shift ranges can be selected manually. In the manual shift mode, the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter. When moving the shift lever to the manual shift gate, the position indicator displays 1 (First) up to 7 (Seventh) depending on vehicle speed.

Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows:

1

⇔

2

⇔

3

⇔

4

⇔

5

⇔

6

⇔

7

7 (Seventh)

Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds.

6 (Sixth) and 5 (Fifth)

Use this position when driving up long slopes, or for engine braking when driving down long slopes.

4 (Fourth), 3 (Third) and 2 (Second)

Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades.

1 (First)

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or when driving slowly, or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades.

• Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than seventh gear. This reduces fuel economy.

When shifting up

Move the shift lever to the + (up) side. (Shifts to higher range.)

When shifting down

Move the shift lever to the − (down) side.

(Shifts to lower range.)

• The transmission will automatically downshift the gears. (For example, if you select the third range, the transmission will shift down between the third and first gears.)

• Moving the shift lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succession.

When canceling the manual shift mode

Return the shift lever to the D (Drive) position to return the transmission to the normal driving mode.

• In the manual shift mode, the transmission may not shift to the selected gear. This helps maintain driving performance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control.

Starting and driving 5-21

• When this situation occurs, the Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator light will blink and the chime will sound.

• In the manual shift mode, the transmission may shift up automatically to a higher range than selected if the engine speed is too high. When the vehicle speed decreases, the transmission automatically shifts down and shifts to first gear before the vehicle comes to a stop.

• CVT operation is limited to automatic drive mode when CVT fluid temperature is extremely low even if manual shift mode is selected. This is not a malfunction. When CVT fluid warms up, manual mode can be selected.

• When the CVT fluid temperature is high, the shift range may upshift in lower rpm than usual. This is not a malfunction.

LSD3163

Shift lock release

If the battery charge is low or discharged, the shift lever may not be moved from the

P (Park) position even with the brake pedal depressed and the shift lever button pressed. To move the shift lever, perform the following procedure:

1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or

LOCK position.

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock release cover using a suitable tool.

4. Push down the shift lock release using a suitable tool.

5. Press the shift lever button and move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position while holding down the shift lock release. The vehicle may be moved to the desired location. Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation. If the shift lever cannot be moved out of the P (Park) position, have the Continuously Variable Transmission system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed, the stop lights may not work.

Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.

5-22 Starting and driving

PARKING BRAKE

Accelerator downshift

— in D (Drive) position —

For passing or hill climbing, depress the accelerator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmission down into a lower gear, depending on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protection mode

This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode. If the fluid temperature becomes too high (for example, when climbing steep grades in high temperatures with heavy loads, such as when towing a trailer), engine power and, under some conditions, vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage. Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal, but the engine and vehicle speed may be limited.

Fail-safe

If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions, such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe system may be activated.

The Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) may come on to indicate the fail-safe mode is activated. For additional information, see “Malfunction Indicator Light

(MIL)” (P. 2-13). This will occur even if all

electrical circuits are functioning properly. In this case, place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds. Then push the switch back to the

ON position. The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition. If it does not return to its normal operating condition, have the transmission checked and repaired, if necessary. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protection mode or fail-safe operation occurs, vehicle speed may be gradually reduced. The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If necessary, pull to the side of the road at a safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation, or have it repaired if necessary.

LSD0158

WARNING

• Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving. Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident.

• Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle.

• Do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake. When parking, be sure the parking brake is fully engaged.

Starting and driving 5-23

TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (TSR) (if so equipped)

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

To engage:

Firmly depress the parking brake.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warning light goes out.

LSD3360

The TSR system provides the driver with information about the most recently detected speed limit. The system captures the road sign information with the multisensing front camera unit

O located on the windshield in front of the inside rearview mirror and displays the detected signs in the vehicle information display. For vehicles equipped with a navigation system, the speed limit displayed is based on a combination of navigation system data and live camera recognition. TSR information is always displayed at the top of the vehicle information display if the system is enabled in the Driver Assistance settings.

5-24 Starting and driving

WARNING

The TSR system is only intended to be a support device to provide the driver with information. It is not a replacement for the driver’s attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert and drive safely at all times.

LSD3377

SYSTEM OPERATION

The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) system displays the following types of road signs:

䊊

䊊

Speed sign detected (in Canada)

Speed sign detected (in USA)

Speed sign detected (no speed limit detected)

“Do not pass” sign detected

LSD3378

CAUTION

• The TSR system is intended as an aid to careful driving. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and observe all road regulations that currently apply, including looking out for road signs.

• The TSR system may not function properly under the following conditions:

– When the road sign is not clearly visible, for example, due to damage or weather conditions.

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the multi-sensing camera unit.

– When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.

– When strong light enters the camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

– When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)

– In areas not covered by the navigation system.

– If there are deviations in relation to the navigation, for example due to changes in the road routing.

– When overtaking buses or trucks with speed stickers.

Starting and driving 5-25

LSD3346

TURNING THE TRAFFIC SIGN

RECOGNITION (TSR) SYSTEM ON

AND OFF

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the TSR system.

1. Press the button until “Settings” displays in the vehicle information display and then press the OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.”

Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Speed Limit Sign” and press the

OK button to turn the system on or off.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY

UNAVAILABLE

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F [40°C]) and then started, the TSR system may be deactivated automatically. The “Unavailable: High

Cabin Temperature” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

When the interior temperature is reduced, the TSR system will resume operating automatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the TSR system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically and the LDW indicator (orange) will illuminate in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the LDW indicator (orange) illuminates in the display, pull off the road at a safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the LDW indicator (orange) continues to illuminate, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The TSR system uses the same multisensing front camera unit that is used by the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system, located in front of the interior rearview mirror. For additional information, see ”System

maintenance” (P. 5-31).

5-26 Starting and driving

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)

LSD3360

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death.

• This system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

The LDW system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately

37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only when the lane markings are clearly visible on the road.

The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit

O located above the inside mirror.

The LDW system warns the driver that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane with an indicator and a steering wheel vibration. For additional information, see

“LDW system operation” (P. 5-28).

Starting and driving 5-27

LDW SYSTEM OPERATION

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/ Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) indicator

5-28 Starting and driving

LSD3428

The LDW system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) and above and the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the

LDW indicator

O on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver.

The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

LDW SYSTEM

LSD3429

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDW system.

Using “Settings” in the vehicle information display:

1. Press the button until “Settings” displays in the vehicle information display and then press the OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.”

Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.

3. Select “Lane Departure Warning” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off.

Using the “Driving Aids” screen in the vehicle information display:

1. Use the buttons on the steering wheel to scroll to the Driving Aids screen.

2. Press the OK button to access the Driving Aids menu.

3. Select “Lane” and press the OK button until “Lane Warning” is displayed.

4. Press the buttons to return to the

Driving Aids screen.

Starting and driving 5-29

LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the LDW system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death.

• The system will not operate at speeds below approximately 37 mph

(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers.

• Do not use the LDW system under the following conditions as it may not function properly:

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow.

– When driving on winding or uneven roads.

– When there is a lane closure due to road repairs.

– When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane.

– When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.

– When driving without normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire, tire chains, nonstandard wheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.

– When you are towing a trailer or other vehicle.

• The system may not function properly under the following conditions:

– On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharp curves.

5-30 Starting and driving

– On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs. (The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers.)

– On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.

– When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker.

– When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.

– When rain, snow, dirt or an object adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit.

– When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.

– When strong light enters the lane camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

– When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY

UNAVAILABLE

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F [40°C]) and then started, the LDW system may be deactivated automatically and the following message will appear in the vehicle information display: “Unavailable: High Cabin

Temperature.”

When the interior temperature is reduced, the LDW system will resume operating automatically.

The LDW system is not designed to warn under the following conditions:

• When you operate the lane change signal and change traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off.)

• When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the LDW functions will resume.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The LDW/I—LI indicator

(orange) will illuminate in the display. If the

LDW/I—LI indicator (orange) illuminates in the display, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn the engine/ motor off and restart the engine/motor. If the LDW/I—LI indicator (orange) continues to illuminate, have the LDW system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD3375

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unit O for the LDW system is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the LDW system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:

• Always keep the windshield clean.

• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.

Starting and driving 5-31

INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION

(I-LI)

• Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

LSD3360

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-LI system could result in serious injury or death.

• The I-LI system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

• The I-LI system is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not detect the lane markers in certain road, weather, or driving conditions.

The I-LI system can be turned on with the dynamic driver assistance switch on the instrument panel, every time the ignition is placed in the ON position.

The I-LI system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately

37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only when the lane markings are clearly visible on the road.

The I-LI system warns the driver when the vehicle has left the center of the traveling lane with an indicator and a steering wheel vibration. The system helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time).

The I-LI system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror.

5-32 Starting and driving

approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the LDW/I—LI indicator

O

(orange) on the instrument panel will blink to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

To turn on the I-LI system, push the dynamic driver assistance switch O after starting the engine/motor. The LDW/I—LI indicator (green) on the instrument panel will illuminate. Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn off the I-LI system. The LDW/I—LI indicator (green) will turn off.

I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/ Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) indicator

LSD3430

Dynamic driver assistance switch

The I-LI system operates above approximately 37 mph (60 km/h). When the vehicle

Starting and driving 5-33

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI

SYSTEM

LSD3431

The I-LI system can be turned on or off using the dynamic driver assistance switch

O on the instrument panel or “Settings” in the vehicle information display.

When the system is off, the indicator light on the dynamic driver assistance switch

O turns off and the LDW indicator (green) turns off.

Using dynamic driver assistance switch:

To turn on the I-LI system, push the dynamic driver assistance switch on the instrument panel after starting the engine.

The LDW/I—LI indicator (green) on the vehicle information display will appear.

Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn off the I-LI system.

The LDW/I—LI indicator (green) on the vehicle information display will turn off.

The I-LI system will be automatically turned off when the engine is turned off.

Using “Settings” in the vehicle information display:

1. After starting the engine, press the button until “Settings” displays in the vehicle information display and then press the OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the

OK button.

2. Select “Lane” and press the OK button.

5-34 Starting and driving

3. Select “Lane Departure Prevention” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off.

I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I-LI system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-LI system could result in serious injury or death.

• The I-LI system may activate if you change lanes without first activating your turn signal or, for example, if a construction zone directs traffic to cross an existing lane marker. If this occurs you may need to apply corrective steering to complete your lane change.

• Because the I-LI may not activate under the road, weather, and lane marker conditions described in this section, it may not activate every time your vehicle begins to leave its lane and you will need to apply corrective steering.

• When the I-LI system is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, you could lose control of the vehicle.

• The I-LI system will not operate at speeds below approximately 37 mph

(60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers.

• Do not use the I-LI system under the following conditions as it may not function properly:

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow.

– When driving on winding or uneven roads.

– When there is a lane closure due to road repairs.

– When driving in a makeshift or temporary lane.

– When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.

– When driving without normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire, tire chains, nonstandard wheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped with nonoriginal brake parts or suspension parts.

– When you are towing a trailer or other vehicle.

– On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharp curves.

– On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs. (The I-LI system could detect these items as lane markers.)

– On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.

– When the vehicle’s traveling direction does not align with the lane marker.

Starting and driving 5-35

– When traveling close to the vehicle in front of you, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection range.

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit.

– When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.

– When strong light enters the lane camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

– When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)

While the I-LI system is operating, you may hear a sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicates that the I-LI system is operating properly.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY

UNAVAILABLE

Condition A:

The warning and assist functions of the I-LI system are not designed to work under the following conditions:

• When you operate the lane change signal and change the traveling lanes in the direction of the signal. (The I-LI system will be deactivated for approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off.)

• When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the warning and assist functions will resume.

Condition B:

The assist function of the I-LI system is not designed to work under the following conditions (warning is still functional):

• When the brake pedal is depressed.

• When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary for the vehicle to change lanes.

• When the vehicle is accelerated during

I-LI system operation.

• When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) approach warning occurs.

• When the hazard warning flashers are operated.

• When driving on a curve at high speed.

After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the I-LI system application of the brakes will resume.

Condition C:

If the following messages appear in the vehicle information display, the I-LI system will be turned off automatically.

• “Unavailable Road is Slippery”:

When the VDC system (except Traction

Control System [TCS] function) or ABS operates.

• “Currently Unavailable”:

When the VDC system is turned off.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, turn off the I-LI system. Push the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn the

I-LI system back on.

5-36 Starting and driving

Temporary disabled status at high temperature:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F [40°C]) and then the

I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system may be deactivated automatically and the following message will appear on the vehicle information display: “Unavailable: High

Cabin Temperature.” When the interior temperature is reduced, the system will resume operating automatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The LDW indicator (orange) will illuminate in the display. If the LDW indicator (orange) illuminates in the display, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn the engine/motor off and restart the engine/motor. If the LDW indicator (orange) continues to illuminate, have the I-LI system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD3375

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unit O for the I-LI system is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the I-LI system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following:

• Always keep the windshield clean.

• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.

• Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit’s capability of detecting the lane markers.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Starting and driving 5-37

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

The BSW system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.

The BSW system uses radar sensors

O installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles in an adjacent lane.

LSD2223

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the BSW system could result in serious injury or death.

• The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW system.

5-38 Starting and driving

SSD1030

Detection zone

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

BSW SYSTEM OPERATION

1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

2. BSW/RCTA Indicator

LSD2749

The BSW system operates above approximately 20 mph (32 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone, the side BSW/RCTA indicator light (1) illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the system chimes (twice) and the side BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes and the BSW/RCTA indicator illuminates (yellow) in the vehicle information display. The side BSW/RCTA indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone.

The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position.

The brightness of the side BSW/RCTA indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light.

If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then only the side BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes and no chime sounds. For additional information, see “BSW driving situa-

tions” (P. 5-42).

Starting and driving 5-39

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

BSW SYSTEM

5-40 Starting and driving

LSD3432

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system.

Using “Settings” in the vehicle information display:

1. Press the button until “Settings” displays in the vehicle information display and then press the OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.”

Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off.

Using the “Driving Aids” screen in the vehicle information display:

1. Use the buttons on the steering wheel to scroll to the Driving Aids screen.

2. Press the OK button to access the Driving Aids menu.

3. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK button to change the Driving Aids setting.

NOTE:

• When enabling/disabling the system, the system will retain current settings even if the engine is restarted.

• The RCTA system (if so equipped) is integrated into the BSW system. There is not a separate selection in the vehicle information display for the RCTA system. When the BSW is disabled, the

RCTA system is also disabled.

• When the BSW system is turned on, the

BSW/RCTA indicator (white) in the vehicle information display illuminates.

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the BSW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

• The BSW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.

• The radar sensors may not be able to detect and activate BSW when certain objects are present such as:

– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, low height vehicles, or high ground clearance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when you accelerate from a stop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle overtakes rapidly.

– A vehicle that passes through the detection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together.

• The radar sensor’s detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the radar sensors may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the radar sensors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away.

• The radar sensors are designed to ignore most stationary objects; however, objects such as guardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation condition.

• The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on the vehicle

• Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.

• Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.

Starting and driving 5-41

LSD2299

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

5-42 Starting and driving

Another vehicle approaching from behind

Illustration 1: The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane.

LSD2300

Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal when another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes

(twice) and the side BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

• The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.

• If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side BSW/RCTA indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

LSD2302

Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle

Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 3: The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 2 seconds.

LSD2303

Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes

(twice) and the side BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

• When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together.

• The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

• If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side BSW/RCTA indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

Starting and driving 5-43

LSD2305

Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

Entering from the side

Illustration 5: The side BSW/RCTA indicator light illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side.

LSD2308

Illustration 6 – Entering from the side

Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes

(twice) and the side BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

• If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side BSW/RCTA indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

5-44 Starting and driving

• The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY

UNAVAILABLE

LSD3433

When radar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically. The

“Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction” warning message will appear and the

BSW/RCTA indicator (white) will blink the vehicle information display.

in

The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the

RCTA system will also stop working.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.

Malfunction

If the BSW system malfunctions, it will turn off automatically. The BSW/RCTA indicator

(orange) will appear in the vehicle information display.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the

RCTA system will also stop working.

Starting and driving 5-45

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD2223

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensors O for the BSW and

RCTA systems are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statement

For USA

FCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

5-46 Starting and driving

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)

For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada’s licence-exempt RSS(s).

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference.

2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.

L’émetteur/récepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Innovation, Sciences et

Développement économique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;

2. L’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. Informations sur

I’exposition radiofréquences: aux rayonnements

Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements définies pour un enviornnement non contrôlé. Cet

équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RCTA system could result in serious injury or death.

• The RCTA system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When backing out of a parking space, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move. Never rely solely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you when backing out from a parking space. When the vehicle is in reverse, the system is designed to detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left of the vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, it will alert you.

Starting and driving 5-47

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION

1. Side BSW/RCTA Indicator Light

2. BSW/RCTA Indicator

5-48 Starting and driving

LSD2749

The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an approaching vehicle when the driver is backing out of a parking space.

When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system is operational.

If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from either side, the system chimes (once) and the side BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes on the side the vehicle is approaching from.

LSD2216 LSD2223

The RCTA system uses radar sensors

O installed on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicle.

The radar sensors O can detect an approaching vehicle from up to approximately 66 ft. (20 m) away.

Starting and driving 5-49

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

RCTA SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RCTA system.

5-50 Starting and driving

LSD3432

Using “Settings” in the vehicle information display:

1. Press the button until “Settings” displays in the vehicle information display and then press the OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.”

Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off.

When the RCTA system is turned on, the

BSW/RCTA indicator (white) in the vehicle information display illuminates.

Using the “Driving Aids” screen in the vehicle information display:

1. Use the buttons on the steering wheel to scroll to the Driving Aids screen.

2. Press the OK button to access the Driving Aids menu.

3. Select “Blind Spot” and press the OK button to change the Driving Aids setting.

NOTE:

• The RCTA system is integrated into the

BSW system. There is not a separate selection in the vehicle information display for the RCTA system. When the

BSW is disabled, the RCTA system is also disabled.

• When enabling/disabling the system, the system setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.

RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LSD3195

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the RCTA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

• Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before backing up. The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child-operated toy vehicles

– A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approximately 19 mph (30 km/h)

– A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 mph

(8 km/h)

• The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations:

– Illustration

O

: When a vehicle parked next to you obstructs the beam of the radar sensor.

– Illustration O : When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space.

– Illustration

O

: When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground.

Starting and driving 5-51

– Illustration

O

: When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle's parking lot aisle.

– Illustration O : When the angle formed by your vehicle and approaching vehicle is small.

• The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on the vehicle

• Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.

• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.

LSD2043

Illustration 1

NOTE:

In the case of several vehicles approaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direction (Illustration 2), a chime may not be sounded by the RCTA system after the first vehicle passes the sensors.

5-52 Starting and driving

Illustration 2

LSD2044

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY

UNAVAILABLE

LSD3433

When radar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically. The

“Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction” warning message will appear and the

BSW/RCTA indicator (white) will blink the vehicle information display.

in

The systems are not available until the conditions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the

RCTA system will also stop working.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.

Malfunction

When the RCTA system malfunctions, it will turn off automatically. The BSW/RCTA indicator (orange) will appear in the vehicle information display.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the

RCTA system will also stop working.

Starting and driving 5-53

Action to take

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD2223

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensors O for the BSW and

RCTA systems are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the radar sensors clean.

The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statement

For USA

FCC ID: OAYSRR2B or OAYSRR3B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-54 Starting and driving

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

This device contains licence-exempt transmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply with innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada’s licence-exempt RSS(s).

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference.

2. This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.

L’émetteur/récepteur exempt de licence contenu dans le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Innovation, Sciences et

Développement économique Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;

2. L’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. Informations sur

I’exposition radiofréquences: aux rayonnements

Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements définies pour un enviornnement non contrôlé. Cet

équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.

LSD2516

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE

CONTROL

1. CANCEL switch

2. RES/+ switch

3. SET/- switch

4. ON/OFF switch

• If the cruise control system malfunctions, it cancels automatically. The indicator in the vehicle information display then blinks to warn the driver.

Starting and driving 5-55

• If the indicator blinks, turn the cruise control off and have the system checked.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• The indicator may blink when the

ON/OFF switch is turned on while pushing the RES/+ switch, SET/- switch, or

CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise control system, use the following procedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions:

• When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed.

• In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed.

• On winding or hilly roads.

• On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

• In very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 - 89 mph (40 - 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the

ON/OFF switch on. The indicator in the vehicle information display will illuminate. If the Cruise Control Alerts are enabled in the Driving Aids menu, then the

“Cruise ON: Press SET to engage speed control” message will appear in the vehicle information display.

This message will disappear after about 6 seconds, or can be dismissed by pushing the OK button. Cruise control status will continue to display in the upper right corner of the vehicle information display while the system is on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/– switch and release it. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle maintains the set speed.

If the Cruise Control Alerts are enabled in the Driving Aids menu, then the “Target

Speed SET. Press + or – to adjust” message will appear in the vehicle information display when the SET/– switch is pushed. This message will disappear after about 6 seconds, or can be dismissed by pushing the

OK button. Cruise control status will continue to display in the upper right corner of the vehicle information display while the system is on.

• To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle returns to the previously set speed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills.

If this happens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the following three methods:

• Push the CANCEL switch.

• Tap the brake pedal.

• Push the ON/OFF switch off. The indicator in the vehicle information display goes out.

5-56 Starting and driving

The cruise control is automatically canceled if:

• You depress the brake pedal while pushing the RES/+ or SET/– switch. The preset speed is deleted from memory.

• The vehicle slows down more than 8 mph

(13 km/h) below the set speed.

• You move the shift lever to N (Neutral).

If the Cruise Control Alerts are enabled in the Driving Aids menu, the “Cruise ON: Press

SET to engage speed control” message will reappear in the vehicle information display to let you know the cruise control system is still on if you set the target speed again.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following three methods:

• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the SET/– switch.

• Push and hold the RES/+ switch. When the vehicle attains the speed you desire, release the switch.

• Push and release the RES/+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed increases by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following three methods:

• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the

SET/– switch and release it.

• Push and hold the SET/– switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows to the desired speed.

• Push and release the SET/– switch. Each time you do this, the set speed decreases by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and release the RES/+ switch. The vehicle returns to the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

To turn off the cruise control, use one of the following three methods:

• Push the CANCEL switch.

• Tap the brake pedal.

• Push the ON/OFF switch off. The indicator in the vehicle information display goes out.

Starting and driving 5-57

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC)

(if so equipped)

LSD3443

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the ICC system could result in serious injury or death.

• The ICC system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

• Always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them.

• Always drive carefully and attentively when using the ICC system.

Read and understand the Owner’s

Manual thoroughly before using the

ICC system. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle’s speed in emergency situations. Do not use the ICC system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions.

CRUISE ON/OFF switch

5-58 Starting and driving

• In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead. Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur.

The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to

90 mph (32 to 144 km/h).

The vehicle travels at a set speed when the road ahead is clear.

The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes:

• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed

• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode: For cruising at a preset speed

Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

control mode” (P. 5-60).

For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, see “Conventional (fixed

speed) cruise control mode” (P. 5-78).

Starting and driving 5-59

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE

CONTROL MODE

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

O , quickly push and release the CRUISE

ON/OFF switch .

LSD3444

Selecting the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode: To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode

O , push and hold the CRUISE ON/OFF switch

O for longer than approximately 1.5

seconds. For additional information, refer to “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” in this section.

LSD3441

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE

CONTROL MODE

In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the ICC system automatically maintains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle’s speed (up to the set speed), or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear.

The ICC system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction.

5-60 Starting and driving

If the radar sensor O detects a slower moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance.

The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes (up to approximately 40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE

CONTROL MODE OPERATION

LSD3631

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you and can reduce the speed to match a

Starting and driving 5-61

slower vehicle ahead. The system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC system can only apply up to 40% of the vehicle’s total braking power.

This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough.

If this occurs, the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action.

The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed is below approximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicle is not detected ahead. The system will also disengage when the vehicle goes above the maximum set speed.

For additional information, see “Approach

warning” (P. 5-69).

The following items are controlled in the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

• When there are no vehicles traveling ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver. The set speed range is between approximately 20 and 90 mph (32 and 144 km/h).

• When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system. The system will cancel once it judges a standstill with a warning chime.

• When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion.

SSD0254

When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway, the ICC system will accelerate and maintain the speed up to the set speed. Pay attention to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, you will have to manually control the vehicle speed.

5-62 Starting and driving

Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead, this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead.

Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.

LSD2518

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE

CONTROL MODE SWITCHES

The system is operated by the CRUISE ON/

OFF switch and four control switches, all mounted on the steering wheel.

1.

CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed.

2.

RES/+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally.

3.

SET/- switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally.

4.

DISTANCE switch:

Changes the vehicle’s following distance:

• Long

• Middle

• Short

5.

CRUISE ON/OFF Switch:

Master switch to activate the system.

Starting and driving 5-63

LSD3392

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode display and indicators

The display is located between the speedometer and tachometer.

1. This indicator indicates the ICC system status depending on a color:

• ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indicates that the CRUISE ON/OFF is on.

• ICC system SET indicator (green): Indicates that the cruising speed is set.

• ICC system warning (yellow): Indicates that there is a malfunction in the

ICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

For Canadian models, the speed is displayed in km/h.

3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator:

Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you.

4. Set distance indicator:

Displays the selected distance between vehicles set with the distance switch.

LSD3446

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

To turn on the cruise control, quickly push and release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch

O

The ICC system ON indicator (gray), set dis-

.

tance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator

O come on in a standby state for setting. If the Cruise Control Alerts are enabled in the Driving Aids menu, then the

“Cruise ON: Press SET to engage speed and distance control” message will appear in the vehicle information display.

5-64 Starting and driving

This message will disappear after about 6 seconds, or can be dismissed by pushing the OK button. Cruise control status will continue to display in the upper right corner of the vehicle information display while the system is on.

LSD3447

To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/– switch O and release it. The ICC system set indicator (green), vehicle ahead detection indicator, set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator

O will come on.

Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.

Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

If the Cruise Control Alerts are enabled in the Driving Aids menu, then the “Target

Speed SET with Intelligent Distance Control” message will appear in the vehicle information display when the SET/– switch is pushed. This message will disappear after about 6 seconds, or can be dismissed by pushing the OK button. Cruise control status will continue to display in the upper right corner of the vehicle information display while the system is on.

Starting and driving 5-65

LSD3395

When the SET/– switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set and the ICC indicators will blink for approximately 2 seconds:

• When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h) and a vehicle ahead is not detected

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or Manual mode

• When the parking brake is applied

• When the brakes are operated by the driver

When the SET/– switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set.

5-66 Starting and driving

A warning chime will sound and a message will pop up:

• When the VDC system is off (To use the

ICC system, turn on the VDC system. Push the CRUISE ON/OFF switch to turn off the

ICC system and reset the CRUISE ON/OFF switch by pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF switch again.)

For additional information about the

VDC system, see “Vehicle Dynamic Con-

trol (VDC) system” (P. 5-121).

• When VDC is operating

• When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC system, make sure the wheels are no longer slipping.)

LSD2288

䊊

䊊

System set display with vehicle ahead

System set display without vehicle ahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions. The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed, similar to standard cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The

ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the ICC system decelerates the vehicle by controlling the throttle and applying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance.

NOTE:

• The stop lights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system.

• When the brake operates, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the vehicle ahead detection indicator comes on.

The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance.

Vehicle ahead not detected

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC system then maintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off.

If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the

ICC system is in operation, the system controls the distance to that vehicle.

When a vehicle is no longer detected under approximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the system will be canceled.

LSD3442

When passing another vehicle, the set speed indicator

O will flash when the vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open. When the pedal is released, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set in the

ICC system, you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly.

Starting and driving 5-67

How to change the set vehicle speed

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the following methods:

• Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle speed indicator will go out.

• Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle speed indicator will go out.

• If the Cruise Control Alerts are enabled in the Driving Aids menu, the “Cruise ON:

Press SET to engage speed control” message will reappear in the vehicle information display to let you know the cruise control system is still on if you set the target speed again.

• Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. The

ICC indicators will go out, and the Cruise

Control Alert messages will not appear.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following methods:

• Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the SET/– switch.

• Push and hold the RES/+ switch. The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 mph (5 km/h for Canada).

• Push, then quickly release the RES/+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by approximately 1 mph (1 km/h for Canada).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following methods:

• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the

SET/– switch and release it.

• Push and hold the SET/– switch. The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 mph (5 km/h for Canada).

• Push, then quickly release the SET/– switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 mph (1 km/h for Canada).

To resume the preset speed, push and release the RES/+ switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).

LSD3448

How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions.

Each time the distance switch O is pushed, the set distance will change to long, middle, short and back to long again, in that sequence.

5-68 Starting and driving

LSD2752

Distance Approximate distance at

60 mph (100 km/h)

[ft (m)]

1.

Long 200 (60)

2.

Middle

3.

Short

150 (45)

90 (30)

• The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed.

The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance.

• The distance setting will remain at the current setting even if the engine is restarted.

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and

ICC system display. Decelerate by depressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:

• The chime sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks.

The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are:

• When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing.

• When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing.

• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning chime will not sound when:

• The vehicle approaches other vehicles that are parked or moving slowly.

• The accelerator pedal is depressed, overriding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle or on the side of the road. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The

ICC sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding roads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or when entering or exiting a curve. In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the radar sensor sensitivity can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage).

Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled:

• When the vehicle ahead is not detected and your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 mph (24 km/h)

• When the system judges the vehicle is at a standstill

Starting and driving 5-69

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) position, Manual mode.

• When the parking brake system is applied

• When the VDC system is turned off

• When VDC operates

• When distance measurement becomes impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor

• When a wheel slips

• When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE

CONTROL MODE LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

• The ICC system is primarily intended for use on straight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It is not advisable to use the ICC system in city traffic or congested areas.

• The ICC system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.

• As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the ICC system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absentminded driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.

• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system.

The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill and sound a warning chime. To prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal.

• Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper following distance. The ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected distance between vehicles (following distance) or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances.

• The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid accidents, never use the ICC system under the following conditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the bumper around the distance sensor

– On steep downhill roads (the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhill roads

5-70 Starting and driving

– When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration

– Interference by other radar sources

• Do not use the ICC system if you are towing a trailer. The system may not detect a vehicle ahead.

• In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking. Always stay alert and avoid using the

ICC system where not recommended in this warning section.

The radar sensor will not detect the following objects:

• Stationary and slow moving vehicles

• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane

The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, if the sensor cannot detect the reflection from the vehicle ahead, the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot properly detect a vehicle ahead and the system may not operate properly:

• When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor’s detection.

• When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.

• When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or cargo area of your vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s operation within the limitations of the system.

When the sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the system will automatically be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC system may not detect them.

In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead.

Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly.

The detection zone of the radar sensor is limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the centerline of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling ahead.

Starting and driving 5-71

5-72 Starting and driving

SSD0252

When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the radar system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition.

SSD0253

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.

Starting and driving 5-73

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY

UNAVAILABLE

5-74 Starting and driving

LSD3449

The following are conditions in which the

ICC system may be temporarily unavailable. In these instances, the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead.

Condition A

Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled. A chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set:

• When the VDC system is turned off

• When the VDC operates

• When a vehicle ahead is not detected and your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 mph (24 km/h)

• When the system judges the vehicle is at a standstill

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or Manual mode.

• When the parking brake is applied

• When a wheel slips

• When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted

Action to take

When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the system off using the ICC switch. Turn the ICC system back on to use the system.

Condition B

When there is inclement weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor, the ICC system will automatically be canceled, the chime will sound and the “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled

Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take

When the conditions listed above are no longer present, the warning message will no longer be available in the vehicle information display and the system will operate normally. If the “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See

Owner’s Manual” warning message continues to be displayed, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

Condition C

When the radar sensor area of the front bumper is covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, etc., or is obstructed, the ICC system will automatically be canceled.

The chime will sound and the “Forward

Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front

Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning message appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, and turn the engine off. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of the front bumper and restart the engine. If the

“Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled

Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” warning message continues to be displayed, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Condition D

When driving on roads with limited road structures (for example, long bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls), the system may illuminate the system warning light and display the “Forward

Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front

Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” message.

Action to take

When the above driving conditions no longer exist, turn the system back on.

Condition E

When the ICC system is not operating properly, a chime sounds and the ICC system warning light (orange) will come on.

Starting and driving 5-75

LSD3916

Action to take

If the warning light comes on, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and set the ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still drivable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

5-76 Starting and driving

NOTE:

If the ICC system is temporarily unavailable, the conventional cruise control mode may still be used. For additional information, please see “Conventional

(fixed speed) cruise control mode”

(P. 5-78).

LSD3441

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor for the ICC system on the front of the vehicle.

is located

To keep the ICC system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:

• Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper/emblem clean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor.

• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the sensor. This could cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not alter, remove, or paint the front bumper. Before customizing or restoring the front bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statement

For USA

FCC ID OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

For Canada

Model: ARS4–B

IC: 4135A-ARS4B

FCC ID: OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

Rules and with Industry Canada licenceexempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et

2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure

Information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body.

The transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC établies pour un environnement non contrôlé. Cet

équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

Starting and driving 5-77

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)

CRUISE CONTROL MODE

This mode allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

• In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-tovehicle distance is detected.

• Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur.

• Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display.

• Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions:

– When it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed

– In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed

– On winding or hilly roads

– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

– In very windy areas

• Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.

LSD3450

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control switches

1. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed

2. RES/+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally

3. CRUISE ON/OFF switch:

Master switch to activate the system

4. SET/- switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally

5-78 Starting and driving

LSD3397

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and indicators

The display is located in the vehicle information display.

1. Cruise indicator:

This indicator indicates the condition of the ICC system depending on a color.

• Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indicates that the CRUISE ON/OFF switch is on

• Cruise control SET indicator (green): Indicates that the cruising speed is set

• Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicates that there is a malfunction in the

ICC system

2. Set vehicle speed indicator:

This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed. For Canadian models, the speed is displayed in km/h.

LSD3454

Operating conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the

CRUISE ON/OFF switch about 1.5 seconds.

for longer than

When pushing CRUISE ON/OFF switch on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and indicators

O are displayed in the vehicle information display. After you hold CRUISE ON/OFF switch on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the

Starting and driving 5-79

ICC system display turns off. The cruise indicator appears. You can now set your desired cruising speed. Pushing the CRUISE

ON/OFF switch again will turn the system completely off. When the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position, the system is also automatically turned off.

To use the ICC system again, quickly push and release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch

(vehicle-to vehicle distance control mode) or push and hold it (conventional cruise control mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, make sure to turn the ICC switch off when not using the ICC system.

LSD3452

To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET/–

O switch and release it. (The color of the cruise indicator changes to green and set vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

• To pass another vehicle, depress the accelerator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills.

If this happens, manually maintain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of the following methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle speed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed indicator will turn off.

3. Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. Both the cruise indicator and vehicle speed indicator will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following three methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the SET/– switch.

2. Push and hold the RES/+ switch. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES/+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by about 1 mph (1.6

km/h).

5-80 Starting and driving

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following three methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the SET/– switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET/– switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET/– switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 mph (1.6

km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and release the RES/+ switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

System temporarily unavailable

A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled:

LSD3453

• When the vehicle slows down more than

8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or manual shift mode

Starting and driving 5-81

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)

• When the parking brake is applied

• When the VDC operates (including the traction control system)

• When a wheel slips

When the system is not operating properly, the chime sounds and the color of the cruise indicator will change to orange.

Action to take

If the color of the cruise indicator changes to orange, stop the vehicle in a safe place and place the shift lever in the P (Park) position. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume driving, and then perform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still drivable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death.

• The RAB system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for proper driving procedures.

Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move before and while backing up. Never rely solely on the RAB system. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

• There is a limitation to the RAB system capability. The RAB system is not effective in all situations.

• Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck’s compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the system, this may include reduced performance or a false activation.

The RAB system can assist the driver when the vehicle is backing up and approaching objects directly behind the vehicle.

LSD3364

The RAB system detects obstacles behind the vehicle using the parking sensors

O located on the rear bumper.

NOTE:

You can temporarily cancel the sonar function in the vehicle, but the RAB system will continue to operate. For additional information, please see “Front and

rear sonar system” (P. 5-124).

5-82 Starting and driving

RAB SYSTEM OPERATION

RAB system warning light and RAB system warning indicator

LSD3365

Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

Center display

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RAB system operates.

If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is detected when your vehicle is backing up, the RAB system warning indicator will flash in the vehicle information display, a red frame will appear in the center display (for vehicles with the Intelligent Around View

Monitor system), and the system will chime three times. The system will then automatically apply the brakes. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure.

NOTE:

• The brake lights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the RAB system.

• When the brakes operate, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.

Starting and driving 5-83

TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM

ON/OFF

5-84 Starting and driving

LSD3434

Perform the following steps to turn the RAB system on or off.

1. Press the button until “Settings” displays in the vehicle information display and then press the OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.”

Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the

OK button.

3. Select “Rear” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off.

When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB system warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

The RAB system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted.

RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the RAB system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death.

• When the vehicle approaches an obstacle while the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed, the function may not operate or the start of operation may be delayed. The RAB system may not operate or may not perform sufficiently due to vehicle conditions, driving conditions, the traffic environment, the weather, road surface conditions, etc. Do not wait for the system to operate. Operate the brake pedal by yourself as soon as necessary.

• If it is necessary to override RAB operation, strongly press the accelerator pedal.

• Always check your surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before and while backing up. The RAB system detects stationary objects behind the vehicle. The RAB system does not detect the following objects:

– Moving objects

– Low objects

– Narrow objects

– Wedge-shaped objects

– Objects close to the bumper (less than approximately 1 ft [30 cm])

– Objects that suddenly appear

– Thin objects such as rope, wire, chain, etc.

• The RAB system may not operate for the following obstacles:

– Obstacles located high off the ground

– Obstacles in a position offset from your vehicle

– Obstacles, such as spongy materials or snow, that have soft outer surfaces and can easily absorb a sound wave

• The RAB system may not operate in the following conditions:

– There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc., attached to the sonar sensors.

– A loud sound is heard in the area around the vehicle.

– The surface of the obstacle is diagonal to the rear of the vehicle.

• The RAB system may unintentionally operate in the following conditions:

– There is overgrown grass in the area around the vehicle.

– There is a structure (e.g., a wall, toll gate equipment, a narrow tunnel, a parking lot gate) near the side of the vehicle.

– There are bumps, protrusions, or manhole covers on the road surface.

– The vehicle drives through a draped flag or a curtain.

– There is an accumulation of snow or ice behind the vehicle.

– An ultrasonic wave source, such as another vehicle’s sonar, is near the vehicle.

Starting and driving 5-85

• Once the automatic brake control operates, it does not operate again if the vehicle approaches the same obstacle.

• The automatic brake control can only operate for a short period of time.

Therefore, the driver must depress the brake pedal.

• In the following situations, the RAB system may not operate properly or may not function sufficiently:

– The vehicle is driven in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).

– The vehicle is driven on a steep hill.

– The vehicle’s posture is changed

(e.g., when driving over a bump).

– The vehicle is driven on a slippery road.

– The vehicle is turned sharply by turning the steering wheel fully.

– Snow chains are used.

– Wheels or tires other than NISSAN recommended are used.

– The brakes are cold at low ambient temperatures or immediately after driving has started.

– The braking force becomes poor due to wet brakes after driving through a puddle or washing the vehicle.

• Turn the RAB system off in the following conditions to prevent the occurrence of an unexpected accident resulting from sudden system operation:

– The vehicle is towed.

– The vehicle is carried on a flatbed truck.

– The vehicle is on the chassis dynamometer.

– The vehicle drives on an uneven road surface.

– The vehicle is towing an object (if so equipped).

– Suspension parts other than those designated as Genuine

NISSAN parts are used. (If the vehicle height or the vehicle body inclination is changed, the system may not detect an obstacle correctly.)

• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume, an open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, and the RAB system warning light will illuminate in the vehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light illuminates, park the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off, and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the RAB system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

NOTE:

If the RAB system cannot be operated temporarily, the RAB system warning light blinks.

5-86 Starting and driving

LSD3364

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Observe the following items to ensure proper operation of the system:

• Always keep the parking sensors clean.

• If the parking sensors are dirty, wipe them off with a soft cloth while being careful to not damage them.

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING

(AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION

• Do not subject the area around the parking sensors O to strong impact. Also, do not remove or disassemble the parking sensors. If the parking sensors and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• Do not install any stickers (including transparent stickers) or accessories on the parking sensors O and their surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunction or improper operation.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system could result in serious injury or death.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for the driver’s attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely.

It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness or dangerous driving techniques.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather and road conditions.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system can assist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane or with a pedestrian ahead in the traveling lane.

Starting and driving 5-87

LSD3368

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle O to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For pedestrians, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system uses a camera installed behind the windshield radar sensor.

in addition to the

AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN

DETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION

LSD3436

1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection emergency warning indicator

5-88 Starting and driving

3. AEB with Pedestrian Detection system warning light

The AEB system operates at speeds above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detection function, the system operates at speeds between 6 – 37 mph (10

– 60 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will firstly provide the warning to the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead detection indicator (yellow) in the vehicle information display and providing an audible alert. If the driver applies the brakes quickly and forcefully after the warning, and the AEB with

Pedestrian Detection system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision, the system will automatically increase the braking force.

If the driver does not take action, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system issues the second visual (flashing) (red and white) and audible warning. If the driver releases the accelerator pedal, then the system applies partial braking. If the risk of a collision becomes imminent, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system applies harder braking automatically.

While the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is operating, you may hear the sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicates that the AEB with Pedestrian

Detection system is operating properly.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s brake lights come on when any braking is performed by the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well as driving and roadway conditions, the system may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the consequences if a collision should be unavoidable. If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB with

Pedestrian Detection system will function later or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under the following conditions:

• When the steering wheel is turned to avoid a collision.

• When the accelerator pedal is depressed.

• When there is no longer a vehicle or a pedestrian detected ahead.

If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately

2 seconds before the brakes are released.

Starting and driving 5-89

TURNING THE AEB WITH

PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM

ON/OFF

5-90 Starting and driving

LSD3434

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system.

1. Press the button until “Settings” displays in the vehicle information display and then press the OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.”

Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the

OK button.

3. Select “Front” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off.

When the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is turned off, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted.

• The I-FCW system is integrated into the

AEB with Pedestrian Detection system.

There is not a separate selection in the vehicle information display for the

I-FCW system. When the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is turned off, the I-FCW system is also turned off.

AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN

DETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system cannot detect all vehicles or pedestrians under all conditions.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system does not detect the following objects:

– Small pedestrians (including small children), animals and cyclists.

– Pedestrians in wheelchairs or using mobile transport such as scooters, child-operated toys, or skateboards.

– Pedestrians who are seated or otherwise not in a full upright standing or walking position.

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

– Obstacles on the roadside

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system has some performance limitations.

– If a stationary vehicle is in the vehicle’s path, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will not function when the vehicle is driven at speeds over approximately 50 mph (80 km/h).

– For pedestrian detection, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will not function when the vehicle is driven at speeds over approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) or below approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will not function for pedestrians in darkness or in tunnels, even if there is street lighting in the area.

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may not function if the vehicle ahead is narrow (for example, a motorcycle).

• The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may not function if the speed difference between the two vehicles is too small.

• The radar sensor AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may not function properly or detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions:

– Poor visibility (conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and road spray from other vehicles)

– Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.

– Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as an uneven dirt road.

– If dirt, ice, snow or other material is covering the radar sensor area.

– Interference by other radar sources.

– The camera area of the windshield is fogged up, or covered with dirt, water drops, ice, snow, etc.

Starting and driving 5-91

– Strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the front camera.

Strong light causes the area around the pedestrian to be cast in a shadow, making it difficult to see.

– A sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or a shaded area or lightning flashes.)

– The poor contrast of a person to the background, such as having clothing color or pattern which is similar to the background.

– The pedestrian’s profile is partially obscured or unidentifiable due to the pedestrian transporting luggage, wearing bulky or very loosefitting clothing or accessories.

• The system performance may degrade in the following conditions:

– The vehicle is driven on a slippery road.

– The vehicle is driven on a slope.

– Excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk room of your vehicle.

• The system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s (radar and camera) functionality, within certain limitations. The system may not detect blockage of sensor areas covered by ice, snow or stickers, for example. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear sensor areas regularly.

• In some road and traffic conditions, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may unexpectedly apply partial braking. When acceleration is necessary, depress the accelerator pedal to override the system.

• Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

5-92 Starting and driving

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY

UNAVAILABLE

LSD2526

Condition A:

In the following conditions, the AEB with

Pedestrian Detection system warning light blinks and the system will be turned off automatically:

• The radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source.

• The camera area of the windshield is misted or frozen.

• Strong light is shining from the front.

• The cabin temperature is over approximately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.

• The camera area of the windshield glass is continuously covered with dirt, etc.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.

NOTE:

When the inside of the windshield on the camera area is misted or frozen, it will take a period of time to remove it after the A/C turns on. If dirt appears on this area, it is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer.

Starting and driving 5-93

Condition B:

When there is inclement weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will automatically be canceled, the chime will sound and the “Forward Driving Aids

Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked

See Owner’s Manual” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are no longer present, the warning message will no longer be available in the vehicle information display. If the “Forward Driving Aids

Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked

See Owner’s Manual” warning message continues to be displayed, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

Condition C:

When the radar sensor of the front bumper is covered with mud, dirt, snow ice, etc., or is obstructed, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will automatically be canceled.

The chime will sound and the “Forward

Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled Front

Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

5-94 Starting and driving

Action to take:

If the warning message appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, and turn the engine off. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of the front bumper and restart the engine. If the

“Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled

Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” warning message continues to be displayed, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Condition D:

When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls), the system may illuminate the system warning light and display the “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled

Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” message.

Action to take:

When the above driving conditions no longer exist, turn the system back on.

NOTE:

If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system stops working, the I-FCW system will also stop working.

LSD3916

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB with

Pedestrian Detection system warning light

(orange) will illuminate and the warning message [Malfunction] will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the

AEB with Pedestrian Detection system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

LSD3368

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The radar sensor is located on the front of the vehicle

O

. The camera is located on the upper side of the windshield

O

.

To keep the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:

• Always keep the sensor areas of the front bumper/emblem and windshield clean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensors (e.g., bumper, windshield).

Starting and driving 5-95

• Do not cover or attach stickers, or install any accessory near the sensors. This could block sensor signals and/or cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near the radar sensor (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera unit's detection capability.

• Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. Before customizing or restoring the front bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio frequency statement

For USA

FCC ID OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-96 Starting and driving

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

For Canada

Model: ARS4–B

IC: 4135A-ARS4B

FCC ID: OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

Rules and with Industry Canada licenceexempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et

2. L'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC and IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements IC établies pour un environnement non contrôlé.

Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION

WARNING (I-FCW)

The I-FCW system can help alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same lane.

The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor O located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane.

LSD3435

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-FCW system could result in serious injury or death.

• The I-FCW system can help warn the driver before a collision occurs but will not avoid a collision. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

Starting and driving 5-97

1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

2. AEB with Pedestrian Detection system warning light

5-98 Starting and driving

LSD3438

I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION

The I-FCW system operates at speeds above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h).

If there is a potential risk of a forward collision, the I-FCW system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator, and sounding an audible alert.

LSD2263

Starting and driving 5-99

TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM

ON/OFF

5-100 Starting and driving

LSD3434

Perform the following steps to turn the

I-FCW system on or off.

1. Press the button until “Settings” displays in the vehicle information display and then press the OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.”

Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the

OK button.

3. Select “Front” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off.

When the I-FCW system is turned off, the

AEB with Pedestrian Detection system warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

• The I-FCW system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted.

• The I-FCW system is integrated into the

AEB with Pedestrian Detection system.

There is not a separate selection in the vehicle information display for the

I-FCW system. When the AEB with Pedestrian Detection is turned off, the

I-FCW system is also turned off.

Illustration A

I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LSD2312

Starting and driving 5-101

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I-FCW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

• The I-FCW system cannot detect all vehicles under all conditions.

Illustration B

• The radar sensor does not detect the following objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles in the roadway

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

• (Illustration A) The I-FCW system does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as a motorcycle.

LSD2265

• The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions:

– Snow or heavy rain

– Dirt, ice, snow or other material covering the radar sensor.

– Interference by other radar sources.

– Snow or road spray from traveling vehicles.

– Driving in a tunnel

– (Illustration B) When the vehicle ahead is being towed.

5-102 Starting and driving

– (Illustration C) When the distance to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed.

– (Illustration D) When driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.

• The system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s functionality, within certain limitations. The system may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers, etc. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear the sensor area regularly.

• Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

Starting and driving 5-103

5-104 Starting and driving

Illustration C

LSD2266

Illustration D

LSD2313

Starting and driving 5-105

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY

UNAVAILABLE

5-106 Starting and driving

LSD2526

Condition A

When the radar sensor picks up interference from another radar source, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the

I-FCW system is automatically turned off.

The I-FCW system warning light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist, the I-FCW system will resume automatically.

Condition B

When there is inclement weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.) blocking the front radar sensor, the I-FCW system will automatically be canceled. The chime will sound and the

“Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled

Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are no longer present, the warning message will no longer be available in the vehicle information display. If the “Forward Driving Aids

Temporarily Disabled Front Sensor Blocked

See Owner’s Manual” warning message continues to be displayed, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

Condition C

When the radar sensor of the front bumper is covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice, etc., or is obstructed, the I-FCW system will automatically be canceled, the chime will sound and the “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily

Disabled Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the warning message appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, and turn the engine off. When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of the front bumper and restart the engine. If the

“Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled

Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” warning message continues to be displayed, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Condition D

When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls), the system may illuminate the system warning light and display the “Forward Driving Aids Temporarily Disabled

Front Sensor Blocked See Owner’s Manual” message.

Action to take:

When the above driving conditions no longer exist, turn the system back on.

NOTE:

If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system stops working, the I-FCW system will also stop working.

LSD3916

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection warning light (orange) will illuminate and the warning message [Malfunction] will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the I-FCW system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Starting and driving 5-107

LSD3435

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor vehicle.

is located on the front of the

To keep the system operating properly, be sure to observe the following:

• Always keep the sensor area of the front bumper/emblem clean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor.

• Do not cover or attach stickers or similar objects on the front bumper near the sensor area. This could cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.

• Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. Before customizing or restoring the front bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer.

Radio Frequency Statement

For USA

FCC ID OAYARS4B

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC

Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body.

5-108 Starting and driving

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS

(I-DA)

The transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

For Canada

Model: ARS4-B

IC: 4135A-ARS4B

FCC ID: OAYARS4B

This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference,

2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio frequency radiation exposure information:

This equipment complies with FCC and IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body.

This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC établies pour un environnement non contrôlé.

Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-DA system could result in serious injury or death.

• The I–DA system is only a warning to inform the driver of a potential lack of driver attention or drowsiness. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control.

• The I–DA system does not detect and provide an alert of the driver’s lack of attention or fatigue in every situation.

• It is the driver’s responsibility to:

• Stay alert.

• Drive safely.

• Keep the vehicle in the traveling lane.

• Be in control of the vehicle at all times.

• Avoid driving when tired.

• Avoid distractions (texting, etc.).

Starting and driving 5-109

The I–DA system helps alert the driver if the system detects a lack of attention or driving fatigue.

The system monitors driving style and steering behavior over a period of time, and it detects changes from the normal pattern. If the system detects that driver attention is decreasing over a period of time, the system uses audible and visual warnings to suggest that the driver take a break.

LSD2974

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS

SYSTEM OPERATION

If the system detects driver fatigue or that driver attention is decreasing, the message “Take a break?” appears in the vehicle information display and a chime sounds when the vehicle is driven at speeds above

37 mph (60 km/h).

The system continuously monitors driver attention and can provide multiple warnings per trip.

The system resets and starts reassessing driving style and steering behavior when the ignition switch is cycled from the ON to the OFF position and back to the ON position.

5-110 Starting and driving

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS

(I-DA) SYSTEM

LSD3432

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the I–DA system.

1. Press the button until “Settings” displays in the vehicle information display and press the OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Driver Attention Alert” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off.

NOTE:

The setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS

(I-DA) SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I–DA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

• The I-DA system may not operate properly and may not provide an alert in the following conditions:

– Poor road conditions such as an uneven road surface or pot holes.

– Strong side wind.

Starting and driving 5-111

– If you have adopted a sporty driving style with higher cornering speeds or higher rates of acceleration.

– Frequent lane changes or changes to vehicle speed.

• The I–DA system will not provide an alert in the following conditions:

– Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph

(60 km/h).

– Short lapses of attention.

– Instantaneous distractions such as dropping an object.

LIC3125

System malfunction

If the Intelligent Driver Alertness system malfunctions, the system warning message will appear in the vehicle information display and the function will be stopped automatically.

Action to take

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the engine off and restart the engine. If the system warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

5-112 Starting and driving

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance.

• Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed, either fast or slow, and do not run the engine over 4,000 rpm.

• Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

• Avoid quick starts.

• Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

• Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles

(805 kilometers). Your engine, axle or other parts could be damaged.

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient

Driving Tips to help you achieve the most fuel economy from your vehicle.

1.

Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake

Pedal Application

• Avoid rapid starts and stops.

• Use smooth, gentle accelerator and brake application whenever possible.

• Maintain constant speed while commuting and coast whenever possible.

2.

Maintain Constant Speed

• Look ahead to try and anticipate and minimize stops.

• Synchronizing your speed with traffic lights allows you to reduce your number of stops.

• Maintaining a steady speed can minimize red light stops and improve fuel efficiency.

3.

Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at Higher

Vehicle Speeds

• Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is more efficient to open windows to cool the vehicle due to reduced engine load.

• Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is more efficient to use A/C to cool the vehicle due to increased aerodynamic drag.

• Recirculating the cool air in the cabin when the A/C is on reduces cooling load.

4.

Drive at Economical Speeds and

Distances

• Observing the speed limit and not exceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (where legally allowed) can improve fuel efficiency due to reduced aerodynamic drag.

• Maintaining a safe following distance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking.

• Safely monitoring traffic to anticipate changes in speed permits reduced braking and smooth acceleration changes.

• Select a gear range suitable to road conditions.

5.

Use Cruise Control

• Using cruise control during highway driving helps maintain a steady speed.

• Cruise control is particularly effective in providing fuel savings when driving on flat terrains.

6.

Plan for the Shortest Route

• Utilize a map or navigation system to determine the best route to save time.

Starting and driving 5-113

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so equipped)

7.

Avoid Idling

• Shutting off your engine when safe for stops exceeding 30–60 seconds saves fuel and reduces emissions.

8.

Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads

• Automated passes permit drivers to use special lanes to maintain cruising speed through the toll and avoid stopping and starting.

9.

Winter Warm Up

• Limit idling time to minimize impact to fuel economy.

• Vehicles typically need no more than

30 seconds of idling at start-up to effectively circulate the engine oil before driving.

• Your vehicle will reach its ideal operating temperature more quickly while driving versus idling.

10.

Keeping your Vehicle Cool

• Park your vehicle in a covered parking area or in the shade whenever possible.

• When entering a hot vehicle, opening the windows will help to reduce the inside temperature faster, resulting in reduced demand on your A/C system.

• Keep your engine tuned up.

• Follow the recommended scheduled maintenance.

• Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.

• Keep all the wheels in correct alignment.

Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy.

• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations”

(P. 10-7).

LSD2528

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system while the engine is running, messages are displayed in the meter.

If the AWD error warning message is displayed, there may be a malfunction in the

AWD system. Reduce vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

5-114 Starting and driving

LSD2529

The AWD high temperature message may be displayed while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil temperature.

The driving mode may change to 2-Wheel

Drive (2WD). If this message is displayed, stop the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if the message turns off, you can continue driving.

LSD2530

The tire size message may be displayed if there is a large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels. Pull off the road in a safe area, with the engine idling. Check that all tire sizes are the same, that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn.

If any warning messages continue to be displayed, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

• Do not drive beyond the performance capability of the tires. Accelerating quickly, sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control, even with AWD engaged.

• For AWD equipped vehicles, do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious personal injury or vehicle damage.

Starting and driving 5-115

• Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing) or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground. Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with

AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer.

Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious personal injury or vehicle damage.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the engine on a free roller when any of the wheels are raised.

• If you use the free roller, rotate four wheels with the same speed without raising any wheels.

• If an AWD warning message is displayed while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system. Reduce the vehicle speed immediately and have your vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

• The powertrain may be damaged if you continue driving when the AWD temperature or tire size incorrect messages are displayed

• If the AWD high temperature message is displayed while you are driving, pull off the road in a safe area, and idle the engine. The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning. If the warning message turns off, you can drive again.

• If the tire size incorrect message is displayed while you are driving, pull off the road in a safe area with the engine idling. Check that all tire sizes are the same, that the tire pressure is correct and that the tires are not excessively worn.

• If a warning message continues to be displayed after the above operations, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

5-116 Starting and driving

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

WARNING

• Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.

WSD0050

• Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P (Park).

Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident. Make sure the shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal.

• Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended.

• Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle. They could unknowingly activate switches or controls or make the vehicle move. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.

• To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

• HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB :

Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb.

Starting and driving 5-117

POWER STEERING

• HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB :

Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb.

• HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO

CURB :

Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position.

WARNING

• If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work.

Steering will be harder to operate.

• When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, there will be no power assist for the steering. You will still have control of the vehicle, but the steering will be harder to operate. Have the power steering system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

The power steering system is designed to provide power assist while driving to operate the steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed, the power assist for the steering wheel will be reduced.

This is to prevent overheating of the power steering system and protect it from getting damaged. While the power assist is reduced, steering wheel operation will become heavy. When the temperature of the power steering system goes down, the power assist level will return to normal.

Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat.

You may hear a sound when the steering wheel is operated quickly. However, this is not a malfunction.

If the power steering warning light illuminates while the engine is running, it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the power steering system checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

When the power steering warning light illuminates with the engine running, there will be no power assist for the steering, but you will still have control of the vehicle. At this time, greater steering effort is required to operate the steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

For additional information, see “Power

steering warning light” (P. 2-14).

5-118 Starting and driving

BRAKE SYSTEM

The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and stopping distance will be longer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out the brake pads faster, and reduce gas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

• While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when braking, accelerating or downshifting. Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident.

• If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving, the power assist for the brakes will not work.

Braking will be harder.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly.

Parking brake break-in

Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the best braking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS)

WARNING

• The ABS is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces. Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS. Stopping distances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety.

Starting and driving 5-119

• Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness.

– When replacing tires, install the specified size of tires on all four wheels.

– When installing a spare tire, make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and

Loading Information label. For additional information, see “Tire and

Loading Information label”

(P. 8-29).

– For additional information, see

“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27).

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding.

By preventing each wheel from locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The

Anti-lock Braking System will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in increased stopping distances.

Self-test feature

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) includes electronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. When the selftest occurs, you may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal.

This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. If the computer senses a malfunction, it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Normal operation

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) operates at speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5 - 10 km/h). The speed varies according to road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving.

5-120 Starting and driving

BRAKE ASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)

SYSTEM

The VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion.

Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the following functions:

• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non-slipping drive wheel on the same axle.

• Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (traction control function).

• Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions:

– Understeer (vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input)

– Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations.

When the VDC system operates, the indicator light in the instrument panel flashes so note the following:

• The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path.

• You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly.

• Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions.

For additional information, see “Slip indica-

tor light” (P. 2-15) and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light” (P. 2-15).

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the and indicator lights come on in the instrument panel. The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are on.

The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the

VDC system. The indicator light, RAB warning light, and the AEB with Pedestrian

Detection system warning light will illuminate to indicate the VDC, RAB and AEB with

Pedestrian Detection systems are off.

Starting and driving 5-121

When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the system, the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non-slipping drive wheel. The indicator light flashes if this occurs. All other VDC functions are off and the indicator light will not flash.

The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the

OFF position then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

• The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.

5-122 Starting and driving

• Do not modify the vehicle's suspension. If suspension parts such as shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly. This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance, and the or both the indicator light may flash and lights may illuminate.

indicator

• If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not

NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly and both the and the indicator lights may illuminate.

• If engine control related parts are not

NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, both the and indicator lights may illuminate.

• When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the indicator light may flash or both the and indicator lights may illuminate.

Do not drive on these types of roads.

• When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the flash or both the indicator light may and indicator lights may illuminate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface.

• If wheels or tires other than the

NISSAN recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the indicator light may flash or both the and indicator lights may illuminate.

• The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.

RISE-UP AND BUILD-UP

The system gradually adjusts braking power during normal braking to help provide an enhanced brake feel.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION

During braking while driving through turns, the system optimizes the distribution of force to each of the four wheels depending on the radius of the turn.

WARNING

• The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive carefully.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension. If suspension parts such as shock absorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars, bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly. This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance, and the indicator light may flash or both the and indicator lights may illuminate.

• If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not

NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC system may not operate properly and both the and the indicator lights may illuminate.

• If engine control related parts are not

NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, both the and indicator lights may illuminate.

• When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners, the VDC system may not operate properly and the indicator light may flash or both the and indicator lights may illuminate.

Do not drive on these types of roads.

• When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the flash or both the indicator light may and indicator lights may illuminate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface.

• If wheels or tires other than the

NISSAN recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not operate properly and the indicator light may flash or both the and indicator lights may illuminate.

• The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.

Starting and driving 5-123

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the hill start assist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill. Always drive carefully and attentively.

Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death.

• The hill start assist system is not designed to hold the vehicle at a standstill on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury.

• The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road conditions. Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury.

5-124 Starting and driving

FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM (if so equipped)

When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, the hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied. This helps prevent the vehicle from rolling backward in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator.

Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions:

• The shift lever is moved to a forward or reverse gear.

• The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake.

• The hill grade is above 10%.

The maximum holding time is two seconds. After two seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely.

Hill start assist will not operate when the shift lever is moved to N (Neutral) or P (Park) or on a flat and level road.

LSD2427

The sonar (parking sensor) system sounds a tone to inform the driver of obstacles near the bumper.

When the “DISPLAY” key is ON, the sonar view will automatically appear in the center display.

WARNING

• The sonar (parking sensor) system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking.

• The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers. Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking.

• Read and understand the limitations of the sonar (parking sensor) system as contained in this section. The colors of the corner sonar indicator and the distance guide lines in the front/ rear view indicate different distances to the object.

• Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck's compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may affect the function of the system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.

• This function is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.

• The system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects. Always move slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper, and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground.

• The system may not detect the following objects: fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass, wool, etc., and thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc., or wedge-shaped objects.

• The sonar sensors may cause malfunction when a horn, etc. sounds or there is an ultrasonic source (such as parking sensors of other vehicles) around the vehicle because the sonar sensors detect the distance between the vehicle and the obstacle by detecting the sound wave reflected from the surface of an obstacle.

If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms.

CAUTION

• Excessive noise (such as audio system volume or an open vehicle window) will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard.

• Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt.

Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. If the sensors are covered, the accuracy of the sonar function will be diminished.

Starting and driving 5-125

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE

FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM

LSD3439

The system is automatically activated when the ignition is in the ON position and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.

5-126 Starting and driving

Perform the following steps to enable or disable the sonar system:

1. Press the button until “Settings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press OK. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the OK button.

2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK button.

3. Select “Sensor” and press the OK button.

Select “ON,” “OFF,” or “Front Only” and press the OK button.

• Select “Range” to change the sonar distance to “Near,” “Mid,” or “Far.”

• Select “Volume” to change the volume to “High,” “Medium,” or “Low.”

NOTE:

The system automatically turns on every time the engine is started, as long as it is activated using the settings menu on the vehicle information display.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply de-icer through the key hole. If the lock becomes frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key hole, or use the

NISSAN Intelligent Key®.

ANTIFREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check the antifreeze to assure proper winter protection. For additional information,

see “Engine cooling system” (P. 8-4).

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the battery should be checked regularly.

For additional information, see “Battery”

(P. 8-13).

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. For additional information, see

“Changing engine coolant” (P. 8-5).

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement. However, the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads,

NISSAN recommends the use of MUD &

SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all four wheels. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speed rating and availability information.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used. For additional

information, see “Tire chains” (P. 8-34).

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter:

• A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades.

• A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support.

• A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

• Extra washer fluid to refill the windshieldwasher fluid reservoir.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

• Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle will have much less traction or “grip” under these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

• Whatever the condition, drive with caution. Accelerate and slow down with care. If accelerating or downshifting too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more traction.

Starting and driving 5-127

• Allow more stopping distance under these conditions. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement.

• Allow greater following distances on slippery roads.

• Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).

These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brake while on the ice, and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers.

• Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads.

• Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle. Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle.

5-128 Starting and driving

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Changing a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12

Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Vehicle recovery

(freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

LIC0394

Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING

• If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road.

• Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic.

• Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignition switch placed in any position.

Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.

To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving, perform the following procedure:

– Rapidly push the push-button ignition switch three consecutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or

– Push and hold the push-button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds.

6-2 In case of emergency

FLAT TIRE

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING

SYSTEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare.

When the low tire pressure warning light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning appears in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. If equipped, the system also displays pressure of all tires (except the spare tire) on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel. If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light. This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). For additional information, see “Warning lights, indi-

cator lights and audible reminders” (P. 2-8)

and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” (P. 5-5).

WARNING

• Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.

• If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible.

Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure.

Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading

Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, have the vehicle checked. it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

• When using a wheel without TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately one minute. The light will remain on after one minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for these services.

• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the

TPMS.

• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors.

In case of emergency 6-3

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions below:

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to P

(Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

• Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the shift lever is shifted into P (Park).

• Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery areas.

This is hazardous.

• Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait for professional road assistance.

LCE2142

A. Blocks

B. Flat tire

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury.

6-4 In case of emergency

LCE2397

Getting the spare tire and tools

1. Open the rear liftgate.

2. Pull up on the handle to lift the carpeted floorboard and attach the hook as shown.

LCE2386

3. Open the storage compartment

O by pulling on the strap to locate the jack and tools .

4. Remove the jack and tools from the storage area.

WCE0188

5. To remove the spare tire, loosen the bolt by turning counterclockwise.

6. Once free, remove the bolt.

7. Remove the spare tire.

8. Once the flat tire is exchanged with the spare tire, store the flat tire where the spare tire was located.

9. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and place the carpeted floorboard back over the tire.

In case of emergency 6-5

LCE2109

Changing the spare tire with

BOSE® subwoofer (if so equipped)

1. To loosen counterclockwise.

the bolt, turn

2. Once free, remove the bolt.

LCE2398

3. Place the sub-woofer in the lower left corner of the cargo area, leaning against the driver side wall.

4. Remove the spare tire.

5. Once the flat tire is exchanged with the spare tire, store the flat tire where the spare was located.

NOTE:

You may need to remove the wheel cap in order to secure the damaged tire using the spare tire clamp.

6-6 In case of emergency

6. Place the sub-woofer inside the flat tire.

7. Turn the bolt clockwise to tighten and place the carpeted floorboard back over the tire.

Jacking up vehicle and removing the damaged tire

LCE2184

WARNING

• Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.

• Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change.

• Use the correct jack-up points. Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support.

• Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary.

• Never use blocks on or under the jack.

• Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack. It may cause the vehicle to move. This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials.

• Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack.

• Never run the engine with a wheel(s) off the ground. It may cause the vehicle to move.

In case of emergency 6-7

Always refer to the illustrations for the correct placement and jack-up points for your specific vehicle model and jack type.

Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instructions.

1. Loosen each wheel nut 1 or 2 turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench.

Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground.

SCE0002

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point.

Align the jack head between the 2 notches in the front or the rear as shown. Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown.

The jack should be used on firm and level ground.

3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Remove the wheel nuts, and then remove the tire.

6-8 In case of emergency

WCE0056

Installing the spare tire

The spare tire is designed for emergency use. For additional information, see

“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27).

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence illustrated ( O until they are tight.

, , , , )

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground. Then, with the wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel

( nuts securely in the sequence illustrated

, , , , O ). Lower the vehicle completely.

WARNING

• Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off.

This could cause an accident.

• Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts. This could cause the nuts to become loose.

• Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 621 miles

(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication interval.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire and loading information label affixed to the driver side center pillar.

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLD tire pressure, the display (if so equipped) of the tire pressure information may show higher pressure than the COLD tire pressure after the vehicle has been driven more than 1 mi. (1.6 km). This is because the tire pressure increases as the tire temperature rises. This does not indicate a system malfunction.

5. Securely store the flat tire in the tire well and jacking equipment in the vehicle.

NOTE:

Remove the center wheel cap before storing the flat tire.

6. Place the spare tire cover and the floor carpeting over the damaged tire.

7. Close the rear liftgate.

WARNING

• Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use. Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop.

In case of emergency 6-9

JUMP STARTING

To start your engine with a booster battery, the instructions and precautions below must be followed.

WARNING

• If done incorrectly, jump starting can lead to a battery explosion, resulting in severe injury or death. It could also damage your vehicle.

• Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery.

Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery.

• Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns. If the fluid should come into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water.

• Keep battery out of the reach of children.

• The booster battery must be rated at

12 volts. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.

• Whenever working on or near a battery, always wear suitable eye protectors (for example, goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the battery when jump starting.

• Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery. It could explode and cause serious injury.

• Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan. It could come on at any time. Keep hands and other objects away from it.

6-10 In case of emergency

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.

Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle, position the two vehicles to bring their batteries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Move the shift lever to P (Park). Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (lights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

LCE2223

3. Connect the jumper cables in the sequence illustrated (

O

, , , ).

CAUTION

• Always connect positive (+) to positive (+) and negative (−) to body ground (for example, strut mounting bolt, engine lift bracket, etc.) — not to the battery.

• Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal.

4. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes.

5. Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle at about 2,000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds. If the engine does not start right away, place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

6. After starting the engine, carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable.

In case of emergency 6-11

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

CAUTION

• Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) models cannot be pushstarted or tow-started. Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage.

• Do not push start this vehicle. The three-way catalyst may be damaged.

WARNING

• Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats. Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire.

• To avoid the danger of being scalded, never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap while the engine is still hot. When the radiator or coolant reservoir cap is removed, pressurized hot water will spurt out, possibly causing serious injury.

• Do not open the hood if steam is coming out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading), or if you feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal noise, etc. take the following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the windows, move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood. If steam or coolant is escaping, turn off the engine. Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the engine, stand clear to prevent getting burned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage or looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is running. The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water. If coolant is leaking, the water pump belt is missing or loose, or the cooling fan does not run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or get caught in, engine belts or the engine cooling fan. The engine cooling fan can start at any time.

6-12 In case of emergency

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

6. After the engine cools down, check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank with the engine running. Add coolant to the engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary. Have your vehicle repaired. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictional and local regulations for towing must be followed.

Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer. Local service operators are generally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends having a service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions:

WARNING

• Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.

• Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.

For additional information about towing your vehicle behind a Recreational Vehicle

(RV), see “Flat towing for all-wheel drive ve-

hicle” (P. 10-28).

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY

NISSAN

NISSAN recommends towing your vehicle based upon the type of drivetrain. For additional information, refer to the diagrams in this section to ensure that your vehicle is properly towed.

CAUTION

• When towing, make sure that the transmission, axles, steering system and powertrain are in working condition. If any of these conditions apply, dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used.

• Always attach safety chains before towing.

In case of emergency 6-13

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models with

Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT)

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

LCE2220

CAUTION

Never tow All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models equipped with a Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transfer case and transmission.

6-14 In case of emergency

Two-Wheel Drive models with

Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT)

NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

LCE2221

CAUTION

• Never tow Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT) models with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground (forward or backward), as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission. If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised always use towing dollies under the front wheels.

• When towing Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT) models with the rear wheels on the ground or on towing dollies:

– Place the ignition switch in the

OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or similar device. Never secure the steering wheel by placing the ignition switch in the LOCK position. This may damage the steering lock mechanism (for models with a steering lock mechanism).

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious personal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle:

• Contact a professional towing service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recovery procedure.

• Tow chains or cables must be attached only to main structural members of the vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-15

• Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle.

• Only use devices specifically designed for vehicle recovery and follow the manufacturer's instructions.

• Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the vehicle. Never pull at an angle.

• Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle except the attachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow the manufacturer's instructions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING

• Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

• Do not spin your tires at high speed.

This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward.

• Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive).

• Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion.

• Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R (Reverse) and D

(Drive).

• Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle.

6-16 In case of emergency

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3

Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Power moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Cleaning the seat tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Environmental factors influence the rate of corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

CLEANING EXTERIOR

In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicle as soon as you can:

• After a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain.

• After driving on coastal roads.

• When contaminants such as soot, bird droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface.

• When dust or mud builds up on the surface.

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover.

WASHING

Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

7-2 Appearance and care

CAUTION

• Do not concentrate water spray directly on the sonar sensors (if so equipped) on the bumper as this will result in damage to the sensors. Do not use pressure washers capable of spraying water over 1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) to wash your vehicle. Use of high-pressure washers over 1,200 psi

(8,274 kPa) can result in damage to or removal of paint or graphics. Avoid using a high-pressure washer closer than 12 inches (30 cm) to the vehicle.

Always use a wide-angle nozzle only, keep the nozzle moving and do not concentrate the water spray on any one area.

• Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent. Some car washes, especially brushless ones, use some acid for cleaning. The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components, causing them to crack. This could affect their appearance, and also could cause them not to function properly. Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used.

• Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical detergents, gasoline or solvents.

• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot, as the surface may become water-spotted.

• Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water.

Inside edges, seams and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be cleaned regularly.

Take care that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open. Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to avoid water spots.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance.

Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before re-applying wax.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product.

• Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing. Follow the instructions supplied with the wax.

• Do not use a wax containing any abrasives, cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive polishing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from the surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or staining. Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory store. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for these products.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, it is necessary to clean the underbody regularly in order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension. Before the winter period and again in the spring, the underseal must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun.

Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows, do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could damage the electrical conductors, radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash the wheels regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution, especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used. If not removed, road salt can discolor the wheels.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels:

• Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels.

• Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature.

• Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Appearance and care 7-3

CLEANING INTERIOR

TIRE DRESSINGS

NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires, it may react with the coating and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the following precautions:

• Use a water-based tire dressing. The coating on the tire dissolves more easily than with an oil-based tire dressing.

• Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread/ grooves (where it would be difficult to remove).

• Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread/grooves.

• Allow the tire dressing to dry as recommended by manufacturer.

the tire dressing

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather (if so equipped) surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather (if so equipped).

Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturer's recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

CAUTION

• Never use benzine, thinner or any similar material.

• Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to leather surfaces and should be removed promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage the leather's natural finish.

• Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer.

• Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERS

Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take the following precautions:

• Hanging-type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface.

7-4 Appearance and care

• Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer's instructions before using the air fresheners.

POWER MOONROOF (if so equipped)

The sunshade is made from a tricot material.

CAUTION

To help prevent damaging the moonroof while cleaning:

• Do not rub the material with a cloth.

Doing so can damage the surface of the material or cause a stain to spread.

• Never use benzine, thinner or any similar chemical to clean the sunshade. This may discolor the moonroof and damage the surface.

• Clean water based stains by patting the surface with a clean soft cloth dampened in warm water. Press a clean dry cloth onto the surface to remove as much dampness as possible and then let air dry.

• Clean oil based stains by patting the surface with a clean soft cloth dampened in warm water. Press a clean dry cloth onto the surface to remove as much dampness as possible and then let air dry.

FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)

WARNING

LAI2096

To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision, injury or death:

• NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position or install them upside down or backwards.

• Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats, or equivalent floor mats, that are specifically designed for use in your vehicle model and model year.

Appearance and care 7-5

• Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat positioning hook. For additional information, see "Floor mat installation"

(P. 7-6).

• Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation.

• Periodically check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.

• After cleaning the vehicle interior, check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.

The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn.

Floor mat installation

Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat positioning hook(s). The number and shape of the floor mat positioning hooks for each seating position varies depending on the vehicle.

When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats, follow the installation instructions provided with the mat and the following:

1. With the ignition switch in the OFF position, the shift lever in P (Park) position and with the parking brake fully applied, position the floor mat in the floorwell so that the floor mat grommet holes are aligned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat is properly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does not interfere with pedal operation. With the ignition switch still in the OFF position, the shift lever in the P (Park) position and with the parking brake applied, fully apply and release all pedals. The floor mat must not interfere with pedal operation or prevent the pedal from returning to its normal position.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for details about installing the floor mats in your vehicle.

LAI2030

Positioning hooks

The illustration shows the location of the floor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them. For additional information, see “Seat belt main-

tenance” (P. 1-24).

7-6 Appearance and care

CORROSION PROTECTION

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts, since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing.

CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS

CAUTION

Periodically clean the seat tracks to prevent reduction of ability to move the seats.

Clean periodically with a high-powered vacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may reduce the ability to adjust the seat. A wet cleansing agent may be used if necessary.

MOST COMMON FACTORS

CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE

CORROSION

Most vehicle corrosion is caused by:

• The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas.

• Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic collisions.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS

INFLUENCE THE RATE OF

CORROSION

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity, especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing and where atmospheric pollution exists and road salt is used.

Temperature

High temperatures accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use accelerates the corrosion process.

Road salt also accelerates the disintegration of paint surfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM

CORROSION

• Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean.

• Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible.

• Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation.

• Check the underbody for accumulation of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible.

Appearance and care 7-7

CAUTION

• NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose.

Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom.

• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically.

For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, it is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer.

7-8 Appearance and care

8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Changing engine oil and oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

Power Steering Fluid (PSF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27

Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-34

Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

When performing any inspection or maintenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle. The following are general precautions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

• Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. Move the shift lever to P (Park).

• Be sure the ignition switch is in the

OFF or LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs.

• If you must work with the engine running, keep your hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans, belts and any other moving parts.

• It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc.

before working on your vehicle.

• Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle.

• Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the engine is not running. To avoid injury, always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan.

• If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage, be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape.

• Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.

• Keep smoking materials, flame and sparks away from the fuel tank and battery.

• Because the fuel lines on gasoline engine models are under high pressure even when the engine is off, it is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for service of the fuel filter or fuel lines.

CAUTION

• Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot. Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down.

• Avoid contact with used engine oil and coolant. Improperly disposed engine oil, engine coolant and/or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment. Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid.

• Never leave the engine or Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position.

• Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position.

This “Do-it-yourself ” section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A Genuine NISSAN service manual is also available. For additional information, see

“Owner's Manual/Service Manual order in-

formation” (P. 10-33).

You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions, and could affect warranty coverage.

If in doubt about any servicing, it is recommended that you have it done by a NISSAN dealer.

8-2 Do-it-yourself

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK

LOCATIONS

8.

Fuse/Fusible link box

9.

Battery

10 Radiator cap

11.

Power steering fluid reservoir

12.

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

3.5L 6 cylinder (VQ35DE engine model)

1.

Engine coolant reservoir

2.

Drive belt location

3.

Engine oil dipstick

4.

Engine oil filler cap

5.

Brake fluid reservoir

6.

Air cleaner

7.

Fuse box

LDI3345

Do-it-yourself 8-3

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%

Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/

Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round antifreeze and coolant protection. The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

• Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot.

Wait until the engine and radiator cool down. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. For additional information, see “If your vehicle over-

heats” (P. 6-12).

• The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap. To prevent engine damage, use only a Genuine

NISSAN radiator cap.

CAUTION

• Never use any cooling system additives such as radiator sealer. Additives may clog the cooling system and cause damage to the engine, transmission and/or cooling system.

• When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN

Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long

Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is prediluted to provide antifreeze protection to -34° F (-37° C). If additional freeze protection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life

Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the directions on the container. If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life

Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, follow the coolant manufacturer’s instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to -34° F (-37° C).

The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN

Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent may damage the engine cooling system.

8-4 Do-it-yourself

• The life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN

Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)

(or equivalent coolant), including

Genuine NISSAN Long Life

Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant. For additional information, see the "Maintenance and schedules" section of this manual.

LDI2900

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT

LEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold.

If the coolant level is below the MIN level to the MAX level

O , add coolant

. If the reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold.

If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level .

This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN Long

Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant is

105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water will reduce the life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant. For additional information, see "Maintenance and schedules" section of this manual.

If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, have it checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

For additional information on the location of the engine coolant reservoir, see “Engine

compartment check locations” (P. 8-3).

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant. The service procedure can be found in the NISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheating.

WARNING

• To avoid the danger of being scalded, never change the coolant when the engine is hot.

• Never remove the radiator or engine coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.

• Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.

• Keep coolant out of the reach of children and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.

Do-it-yourself 8-5

ENGINE OIL

LDI2556

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine.

Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.

Reinsert it all the way.

WDI0214

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level. It should be between the H

(High) and L (Low) marks O . This is the normal operating oil level range. If the oil level is below the L (Low) mark

O

, remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening.

Do not overfill .

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity of operating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly.

Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OIL

FILTER

For additional information on engine oil and oil filter change, refer to the instructions outlined in this section.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for 15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands.

• Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack-up points.

• A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle.

8-6 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and support points are used to avoid vehicle damage.

Oil filler cap

LDI3348

Oil drain plug

LDI3349

Do-it-yourself 8-7

Oil filter

LDI3350

Under engine protector

LDI3386

Right engine protector

LDI3388

8-8 Do-it-yourself

LDI3352

Under-engine protector

Removal of engine protectors

1. Remove clips protector.

and under engine

2. Remove clips protector.

and right engine

Engine oil and filter

1. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug and oil filter.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

LDI3387

Right engine protector

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench by turning it counterclockwise and completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as the engine oil is hot.

WARNING

• Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer.

• Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.

• Keep used engine oil out of reach of children.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench by turning it counterclockwise.

Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the sealing surface of the engine. Failure to do so could lead to an oil leak and engine damage.

• The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole when filling the engine with oil.

Do-it-yourself 8-9

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt, then tighten additionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:

11 to 15 ft-lb (14.7 to 20.6 N·m)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with a new washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 to 29 ft-lb (29.4 to 39.2 N·m)

9. Refill the engine with the recommended oil through the oil filler opening, and install the oil filler cap securely.

For additional information about drain and refill capacity, see “Recommended fluids/

lubricants and capacities” (P. 10-2). The

drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference only. Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine.

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE

TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

10. Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter.

Correct as required. Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick. Add engine oil if necessary.

After the operation

1. Reinstall engine protectors in reverse order of removal.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

3. Reset oil and oil filter maintenance reminder. For additional information, see

“Vehicle information display” (P. 2-17).

• Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

• Check your local regulations.

CAUTION

• NISSAN recommends using Genuine

NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids.

• Do not use Automatic Transmission

Fluid (ATF) or manual transmission fluid in a NISSAN CVT, as it may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under

NISSAN's New Vehicle Limited Warranty outlined in your Warranty Information Booklet.

• Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 may also damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN's New Vehicle Limited

Warranty outlined in your Warranty

Information Booklet.

When checking or replacement of CVT fluid is required, we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

8-10 Do-it-yourself

POWER STEERING FLUID (PSF) BRAKE FLUID

WARNING

Power steering fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children.

LDI2767

Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked when the fluid is cold at fluid temperatures of 32 to

86ºF (0 to 30ºC). The fluid level can be checked with the level gauge which is attached to the cap. To check the fluid level, remove the cap. The fluid level should be between the MAX and MIN lines.

If the fluid is below the MIN O line, add

Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent. Remove the cap and fill through the opening.

CAUTION

• DO NOT OVERFILL.

• Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent will prevent the power steering system from operating properly.

LDI2769

WARNING

• Use only new fluid from a sealed container. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system.

The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle's stopping ability.

• Clean the filler cap before removing.

• Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of reach of children.

Do-it-yourself 8-11

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surface with water.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the brake fluid is below the MIN line

O

, the brake warning light will illuminate. Add brake fluid up to the MAX line O . For additional information on brake fluid type, see

“Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-

pacities” (P. 10-2).

If the brake fluid must be added frequently, the brake system should be thoroughly checked. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

LDI2573

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

RESERVOIR

Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir periodically. Add windshield-washer fluid when the “Low Washer Fluid” warning message shows on the vehicle information display.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir, lift the cap off the reservoir and pour the windshield-washer fluid into the reservoir opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield-washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield-washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN

Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &

Anti-freeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

• Do not substitute engine antifreeze coolant for windshield-washer fluid.

This may result in damage to the paint.

• Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

• Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer's recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water.

8-12 Do-it-yourself

BATTERY

Caution symbols for battery

No smoking, No exposed flames, No

Sparks

WARNING

Do not expose the battery to electrical sparks, flames or smoking. Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.

Shield eyes

Handle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protect against explosion or battery acid.

Keep away from children

Battery acid

Note operating instructions

Never allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.

Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or severe burns. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Battery fluid is acid. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, it could cause loss of your eyesight or burns.

Before handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and safe handling.

Explosive gas Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.

Do-it-yourself 8-13

• If the battery is labeled “do not open” it is maintenance free and battery fluid should not be checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer or a qualified specialist workshop to confirm the battery’s performance.

• Keep the battery surface clean and dry.

Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water.

• Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened.

• If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer, disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal cable to prevent discharge.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as:

1.

Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

2.

Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.

8-14 Do-it-yourself

WARNING

• Do not expose the battery to flames, an electrical spark or a cigarette. Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury. Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. Sulfuric acid can cause blindness or injury. After touching a battery or battery cap, do not touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention.

• When working on or near a battery, always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry.

• Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds.

Wash hands after handling.

• Keep battery out of the reach of children.

• Do not tip the battery.

LDI3302

NOTE:

Do not try to open the top of the battery.

This battery is not equipped with removable vent caps.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump

starting” (P. 6-10). If the engine does not

start by jump starting, the battery may have to be replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

DRIVE BELT

LDI2131

3.5L 6 cylinder (VQ35DE engine model)

1.

Crankshaft pulley

2.

Drive belt automatic tensioner pulley

3.

Generator pulley

4.

Air conditioner compressor pulley

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is in poor condition or is loose, have it replaced or adjusted. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

2. Have the belt checked regularly for condition and tension in accordance with the maintenance schedule found in the

"Maintenance and schedules" section of this manual.

SPARK PLUGS

SDI1895

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Iridium-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace iridiumtipped O spark plugs as frequently as conventional type spark plugs because they last much longer. Follow the maintenance log shown in the “Maintenance and schedules” section of this manual. Do not service iridium-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

• Always replace spark plugs with recommended or equivalent ones.

Do-it-yourself 8-15

AIR CLEANER

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs. An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LDI2553

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused. Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the "Maintenance and schedules" section of this manual.

To remove the air cleaner filter:

1. Unlatch the retaining clips .

2. Move the air cleaner cover upwards.

3. Remove the air cleaner filter. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing and the cover with a damp cloth, then replace air cleaner filter.

NOTE:

After installing a new air cleaner filter, make sure the air cleaner cover is seated in the housing and latch the clips.

WARNING

• Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air, it stops the flame if the engine backfires. If it isn't there, and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Do not drive with the air cleaner removed, and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed.

• Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed. Doing so could result in serious injury.

8-16 Do-it-yourself

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

The in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry of airborne dust and pollen particles and reduces some objectionable outside odors. The filter is located behind the glove box. For additional information, see the

“Maintenance and schedules” section of this manual for change intervals.

If replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield-washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blades with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision.

LDI2584

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

To replace the windshield wiper blades, follow the procedure below:

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2. Lift the release tab .

3. Move the wiper blade remove.

down and

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm.

5. Push the release tab down until it clicks.

Do-it-yourself 8-17

6. Push wiper on to windshield.

CAUTION

• After wiper blade replacement, return the wiper arm to its original position; otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened.

• Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arms may be damaged from wind pressure.

8-18 Do-it-yourself

LDI2731

If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle

O . This may cause clogging or improper windshield-washer operation. If wax gets into the nozzle, remove it with a needle or small pin

O

.

Rear window wiper blade

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer if checking or replacement is required.

BRAKES FUSES

If the brakes do not operate properly, have the brakes checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.

The front and rear disc-type brakes selfadjust every time the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators. When a brake pad requires replacement, a high pitched scraping or screeching sound will be heard when the vehicle is in motion. The noise will be heard whether or not the brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed.

For additional information regarding brake inspections, refer to the appropriate maintenance schedule information in the "Maintenance and schedules" section of this manual.

LDI2385

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.

Fuses are used in the passenger and engine compartment. Spare fuses are provided and can be found in the passenger compartment fuse box.

When installing a fuse make sure the fuse is installed in the fuse box securely.

Do-it-yourself 8-19

LDI2636

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not come on, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

The fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse block in the passenger compartment.

LDI0456

5. If the fuse is open new fuse

O

.

, replace it with a

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Fusible links

If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links in the holder. If any of the fusible links are melted, replace only with Genuine NISSAN parts.

8-20 Do-it-yourself

For checking and replacing the fusible links, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

LDI2901

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

The fuse box is located on the driver's side of the instrument panel.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are OFF.

2. Pull down on fuse box cover remove.

to

3. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.

Do-it-yourself 8-21

LDI2902

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller

LDI2713

.

5. If the fuse is open

O equivalent good fuse

, replace it with an

O

.

6. Push the fuse box cover to install.

If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

8-22 Do-it-yourself

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery or removed parts.

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as follows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the

Intelligent Key.

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver into the slit

O of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part. Place a cloth over the screwdriver to protect the casing.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY®

LDI2001

Do-it-yourself 8-23

8-24 Do-it-yourself

LDI2637

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 or equivalent.

• Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction.

• Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity.

• Make sure that the + side faces the bottom of the lower part.

4. Close the lid securely as illustrated with and .

5. Operate the buttons to check the operation.

If you need assistance with replacement, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Note:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry

Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

LIGHTS

HEADLIGHTS

For additional information on headlight bulb replacement, refer to the instructions outlined in this section.

Replacing the LED headlight bulb

If LED headlight bulb replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)

For additional information on fog light bulb replacement, refer to the instructions outlined in this section.

Replacing the LED fog light bulb

If LED fog light bulb replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item

Headlight assembly*

High

Low

Turn

Side marker

Park/Daytime running

Front fog lights (if so equipped)*

Door mirror turn signal light (if so equipped)*

Map light*

Courtesy light*

Personal light*

Vanity mirror light*

Glove box light (if so equipped)*

Cargo light*

High-mounted stop light*

Rear combination light*

Tail/Stop

Turn

Rear side marker

Backup (reversing) light assembly*

Backup

Tail/Stop

License plate light*

Wattage (W)

—

—

—

—

1.8

1.4

5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5

Bulb No.

—

—

—

—

SAE 37

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

W5W

* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for assistance.

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.

Do-it-yourself 8-25

8-26 Do-it-yourself

LDI3332

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

1.

2

3

4.

Map light

Headlight assembly

Personal light

Door mirror turn signal light (if so equipped)

Fog light (if so equipped)

High-mounted stop light

License plate light

Backup (reversing) light assembly

Rear combination light

Cargo light

Daytime running light

Replacement procedures

WDI0263

WHEELS AND TIRES

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D.

When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens, lamp and/or cover.

Indicates bulb removal

Indicates bulb installation

If you have a flat tire, refer to the “In case of emergency” section of this manual.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment.

Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influences before use.

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire

Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).

It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the

“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning appears in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

If equipped, the system also displays pressure of all tires (except the spare tire) on the display screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is installed in each wheel.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while driving).

For additional information, see “Low

tire pressure warning light” (P. 2-12),

“Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS)” (P. 5-5) and ““Flat tire” (P. 6-3).

Tire inflation pressure

Check the tire pressures (including the spare) often and always prior to long distance trips. The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.

certification label or the Tire and

Loading Information label under the

Do-it-yourself 8-27

“Cold Tire Pressure” heading. The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar.

Tire pressures should be checked regularly because:

• Most tires naturally lose air over time.

• Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile

(1.6 km) at moderate speeds.

The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert provides visual and audible signals outside the vehicle for inflating tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure. For additional information, see “TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert”

(P. 5-8).

8-28 Do-it-yourself

Incorrect tire pressure, including under inflation, may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

•

•

Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident.

The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

(GVWR) is located on the

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and

Loading Information label. Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity. Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life, unsafe operating conditions due to premature tire failure, or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components.

•

•

Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”

(US) or “Tire Safety Information”

(Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

䊊

䊊

Spare tire size.

Vehicle load limit: see “Vehicle

loading information” (P. 10-15).

Tire and Loading Information label

䊊

Seating capacity: The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle.

Tire size - see “Tire labeling”

(P. 8-30).

Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered

COLD after the vehicle has been

LDI2737 parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle's

GVWR.

Original tire size: The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory.

Do-it-yourself 8-29

LDI0393

Checking tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

8-30 Do-it-yourself

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires, including the spare.

Size Cold Tire Inflation Pressure

Front and Rear

Original Tire:

235/65R18

Front and Rear

Original Tire:

235/55R20

Spare Tire:

T165/90D18

33 psi, 230 kPa

35 psi, 240 kPa

60 psi, 420 kPa

WDI0394

Example

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires.

This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the

Tire Identification Number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

WDI0395

Example

95H)

Tire size (example: P215/65R15

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles (not all tires have this information).

3. Two-digit number (65): This number, known as the aspect ratio, gives the tire's ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

2. Three-digit number (215): This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

5. Two-digit number (15): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95):

This number is the tire's load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating.

Do-it-yourself 8-31

LDI2786

Example

TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX

XXX XXXX)

3. Two-digit code: Tire size.

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code

(Optional).

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Department Of Transportation”.

The symbol can be placed above, below or to the left or right of the Tire

Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer's identification mark.

5. Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built.

For example, the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003. If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire.

Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester and others.

Maximum permissible inflation pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure.

Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.

8-32 Do-it-yourself

Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube (“tube type”) or not

(“tubeless”).

The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown if the tire has radial structure.

Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section,

Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

• When changing or replacing tires, be sure all four tires are of the same type

(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) and construction. A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type, size, speed rating and availability.

• Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires, and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the low tire pressure warning system.

• Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels. Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which can cause the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system to malfunction resulting in personal injury or death, excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission, transfer case and differential gears.

• For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety

Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty

Information Booklet.

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

CAUTION

• ONLY use spare tires specified for the

AWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recommended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern. The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

All season tires

NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some models to provide good performance all year, including snowy and icy road conditions. All Season tires are identified by ALL

SEASON and/or M&S on the tire sidewall.

Snow tires have better snow traction than

All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.

Do-it-yourself 8-33

Summer tires

NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice.

Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires may be used. However, some U.S.

8-34 Do-it-yourself states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTION

Tire chains/cables should not be installed on 235/55R20 size tires. Installation of the tire chains/cables on 235/

55R20 size tires will cause damage to the vehicle. If you plan to use tire chains/cables, you should install 235/

65R18 size tires on your vehicle.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer's suggestions.

Use only SAE class “S” chains.

Class “S” chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are designed to meet the minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device (tire chains or cables). The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size. Other types may damage your vehicle.

Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress.

WDI0258

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

For additional information on tire replacing procedures, see “Flat tire”

(P. 6-3).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specifications at all times.

It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to specification at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

•

•

•

•

After rotating the tires, check and adjust the tire pressure.

Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for

600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).

Do not include the spare tire in the tire rotation.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”

(US) or “Tire Safety Information”

(Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Tire wear and damage

1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

WDI0259

Do-it-yourself 8-35

WARNING

•

Tires should be periodically inspected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire(s) should be replaced.

•

The original tires have built-in tread wear indicators. When the wear indicators are visible, the tire(s) should be replaced.

•

Tires degrade with age and use. Have tires, including the spare, over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious. Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury.

•

Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal injury. If it is necessary to repair the spare tire, it is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

•

For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”

(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty

Information Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread design, speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped. For additional information, see “Wheels and tires”

(P. 8-27).

WARNING

• The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, construction

(bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, VDC system, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height. Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury.

• For 2WD models, if your vehicle was originally equipped with four tires that were the same size and you are only replacing two of the four tires, install the new tires on the rear axle.

Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and personal injury.

8-36 Do-it-yourself

• If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same off-set dimension. Wheels of a different off-set could cause premature tire wear, degrade vehicle handling characteristics, affect the VDC system and/or interference with the brake discs. Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad wear. For additional information on wheel off-set dimensions, see

“Wheels and tires” (P. 10-10).

• When using a wheel without the

TPMS, such as the spare tire, the

TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service.

• Replacing tires with those not originally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the

TPMS.

• The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is not handled correctly. Be careful when handling the TPMS sensor.

• When replacing the TPMS sensor, the

ID registration may be required. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for ID registration.

• Do not use a valve stem cap that is not specified by NISSAN. The valve stem cap may become stuck.

• Be sure that the valve stem caps are correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve may be clogged up with dirt and cause a malfunction or loss of pressure.

• Do not install a damaged or deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired. Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning.

• The use of retread tires is not recommended.

• For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety

Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty

Information Booklet.

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performed with the wheels off the vehicle.

Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage.

• For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheels

• Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance.

• Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed.

• Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels.

• Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

• NISSAN recommends waxing the road wheels to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter.

Do-it-yourself 8-37

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire)

When using a wheel without the TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS will not function.

Observe the following precautions if the

TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used. Otherwise, your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident:

WARNING

• The spare tire should be used for emergency use only. It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage.

• Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY

USE ONLY spare tire is installed. Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving.

• Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure. Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 420 kPa, 4.2 bar (60 psi).

• With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).

• When driving on roads covered with snow or ice, the TEMPORARY USE

ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and the original tire used on the front wheels (drive wheels).

• Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE

ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire. Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear.

• Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles.

• Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time.

• Do not tow a trailer when the TEMPO-

RARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed.

CAUTION

• Do not use tire chains on a TEMPO-

RARY USE ONLY spare tire. Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle.

• Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire, ground clearance is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle, do not drive over obstacles. Also, do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.

8-38 Do-it-yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Explanation of general maintenance items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 9-5

Emission control system maintenance: . . . . . . 9-6

Chassis and body maintenance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6

Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Additional maintenance Items for severe operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

3.5L 6 cylinder (VQ35DE engine model) . . . . . . . 9-7

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your vehicle good mechanical condition, as well as its emissions and engine performance.

It is the owner's responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance, as well as general maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives proper maintenance. You are a vital link in the maintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for proper vehicle operation. It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a NISSAN dealer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

The maintenance items listed in this section are required to be serviced at regular intervals. However under severe driving conditions, additional or more frequent maintenance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction, have the systems checked and serviced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up-to-date with the latest service information through technical bulletins, service tips and training programs. They are fully qualified to work on

NISSAN vehicles before work begins.

If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it is recommended that you ask your NISSAN dealer where the nearest NISSAN Certified

Collision Center is located, or go to http://collision.nissanusa.com.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer's service department can perform the service needed to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be sure to check for the cause or have it checked promptly. In addition, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenance work, closely observe the “Maintenance precautions” in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

EXPLANATION OF GENERAL

MAINTENANCE ITEMS

WARNING

Failure to follow the procedures listed within this section may result in personal injury.

Additional information on the following items with “ * ” is found in the “Do-ityourself ” section of this manual.

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that the doors and engine hood operate properly.

Also ensure that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Check that the gas stays or struts properly and securely hold the hood, trunk, or rear hatch in a fully open position. If the hood, trunk, or rear hatch is not held open, have the gas stays or struts replaced.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checking the tires, make sure no wheel nuts are missing, and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the specified interval shown in the maintenance schedule.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including the spare, to the pressure specified. Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) transmitter components: Replace the

TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”

(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage. Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility. It is recommended that you have a damaged windshield repaired by a NISSAN dealer, or a

NISSAN Certified Collision Center. To locate a collision center in your area, refer to http://collision.nissanusa.com.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal, the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop, have your vehicle checked immediately. It is recommended that you visit a

NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) P (Park) position mechanism: On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the shift lever in the P (Park) position without applying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brake operation regularly. The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied. If the parking brake needs adjustment, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

Seats: Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., to ensure they operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in every position.

Check that the head restraints/headrests move up and down smoothly and the locks

(if so equipped) hold securely in all latched positions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely.

Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in the steering system, such as excessive free play, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure all warning lights and chimes are operating properly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically (for example, each time you check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery* (for maintenance free batteries): This vehicle is equipped with a sealed maintenance free battery. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for service.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery discharge and potential no-start conditions such as:

1.

Installation or extended use of electronic accessories that consume battery power when the engine is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.).

2.

Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant level when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belt*: Make sure the drive belts are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine. Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.

9-4 Maintenance and schedules

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED

MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine valve clearance*: Inspect if valve noise increases.

Exhaust system: Make sure there are no loose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust system inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. For additional information, see “Exhaust gas (carbon monox-

ide)” (P. 5-4).

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you should notice any leaks or if fuel fumes are evident, check for the cause and have it corrected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines:

Check the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.

Make sure the hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very important to remove these substances, otherwise rust may form on the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around the exhaust system. At the end of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water, being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate. For additional information, see

“Cleaning exterior” (P. 7-2).

Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided to give you a better understanding of the scheduled maintenance items that should be regularly checked or replaced. The maintenance schedule indicates at which mileage/time intervals each item requires service.

In addition to scheduled maintenance, your vehicle requires that some items be checked during normal day-to-day operation. For additional information, see “Gen-

eral maintenance” (P. 9-2).

Items marked with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation.

You are not required to perform maintenance on these items in order to maintain the warranties which come with your

NISSAN. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

When applicable, additional information can be found in the “Do-it-yourself ” section of this manual.

Maintenance and schedules 9-5

NOTE:

NISSAN does not advocate the use of non-OEM approved aftermarket flushing systems and strongly advises against performing these services on a

NISSAN product. Many of the aftermarket flushing systems use non-OEM approved chemicals or solvents, the use of which has not been validated by NISSAN.

For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids, grease, and refrigerant, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capaci-

ties” (P. 10-2).

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

MAINTENANCE:

Drive belt*: Check engine drive belt for wear, fraying or cracking and for proper tension. Replace any damaged drive belt.

Engine air filter: Replace at specified intervals. When driving for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, check/replace the filter more frequently.

Engine coolant*: Replace coolant at the specified interval. When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only Genuine

NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with the proper mixture. (For additional information on the proper mixture for your area, see “Engine cooling sys-

tem” (P. 8-4).

NOTE:

Mixing any other type of coolant or the use of non-distilled water may reduce the recommended service interval of the coolant.

Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oil and oil filter at the specified intervals. For recommended oil grade and viscosity see

“Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-

pacities” (P. 10-2).

Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only if valve noise increase. Adjust valve clearance if necessary.

Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*: Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

Fuel filter*: Periodic maintenance is not required. (in-tank type filter)

Fuel lines*: Check the fuel hoses, piping and connections for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals.

Install new plugs of the same type as originally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODY

MAINTENANCE:

Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect for proper installation. Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration, and signs of leaking.

Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.

Brake pads and rotors: Check for wear, deterioration and fluid leaks. Replace any deteriorated immediately.

or damaged parts

Exhaust system: Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for leaks, cracks, deterioration, and damage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

In-cabin microfilter: Replace at specified intervals. When driving for prolonged periods in dusty conditions, replace the filter more frequently.

Propeller shaft(s): Check for damage, looseness, and grease leakage. (AWD)

Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspension parts, drive shaft boots: Check for damage, looseness, and leakage of oil

9-6 Maintenance and schedules

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

or grease. Under severe driving conditions, inspect more frequently.

Tire rotation: Rotate tires at the specified interval shown in the maintenance schedule.

Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil, transfer case oil: Visually inspect for signs of leakage at specified intervals. If towing a trailer, using a camper or car-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddy roads:

• Replace the fluid/oil every 20,000 miles

(32,000 km) or 24 months.

• Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000 miles

(96,000 km) or request the dealer to inspect the fluid deterioration data using a

CONSULT. If the deterioration data is more than 210000, replace the CVT fluid.

Off-Road Maintenance Check the following items frequently whenever you drive off-road through deep sand, mud or water:

• Brake pads and rotors

• Brake lines and hoses

• Differential, transmission and transfer case oil

• Steering linkage

• Propeller shaft(s) and front drive shafts

• Engine air filter

To help ensure smooth, safe and economical driving, NISSAN provides two maintenance schedules that may be used, depending upon the conditions in which you usually drive. These schedules contain both distance and time intervals, up to

120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months. For most people, the odometer reading will indicate when service is needed. However, if you drive very little, your vehicle should be serviced at the regular time intervals shown in the schedule.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS

FOR SEVERE OPERATING

CONDITIONS

Additional maintenance items for severe operating conditions should be performed on vehicles that are driven under especially demanding conditions. Additional maintenance items should be performed if you primarily operate your vehicle under the following conditions:

• Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles

(8 km).

• Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles

(16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.

• Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go

“rush hour” traffic.

• Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use.

• Driving in dusty conditions.

• Driving on rough, muddy or salt spread roads.

• Towing a trailer, using a camper or using a car-top carrier.

If your vehicle is mainly operated under the severe conditions, follow the severe maintenance intervals shown in the maintenance schedule.

Maintenance and schedules 9-7

3.5L 6 CYLINDER (VQ35DE engine model)

The following shows the maintenance schedule.

Choose the maintenance schedule needed based on your vehicle driving conditions.

After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/96 months, continue maintenance at the same mileage/time interval.

5,000 miles/(8,000 km)/6 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Drive shaft boots

• Axle & suspension parts

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

9-8 Maintenance and schedules

7,500 miles/(12,000 km)/6 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

10,000 miles/(16,000 km)/

12 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

Maintenance and schedules 9-9

15,000 miles/(24,000 km)/

12 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake lines and cables

• Brake pads and rotors

• CVT transmission fluid

• Differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Transfer case oil (AWD models)

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

• Replace in-cabin microfilter

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

15,000 miles/(24,000 km)/

18 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

9-10 Maintenance and schedules

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

20,000 miles/(32,000 km)/

24 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

• Replace differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

Maintenance and schedules 9-11

22,500 miles/(36,000 km)/

18 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Intelligent key battery

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

25,000 miles/(40,000 km)/

30 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

9-12 Maintenance and schedules

30,000 miles/(48,000 km)/

24 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake lines and cables

• Brake pads and rotors

• CVT transmission fluid

• Differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Fuel tank vapor vent system *

• Fuel lines/connections *

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear and linkage

• Axle and suspension parts

• Transfer case oil (AWD models)

• Drive shaft

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace engine air filter (1)

• Replace brake fluid

• Tire rotation

• Replace in-cabin microfilter

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

30,000 miles/(48,000 km)/

36 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Maintenance and schedules 9-13

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

9-14 Maintenance and schedules

35,000 miles/(56,000 km)/

42 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

37,500 miles/(60,000 km)/

30 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

40,000 miles/(64,000 km)/

48 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

• Replace differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

Maintenance and schedules 9-15

45,000 miles/(72,000 km)/

36 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake lines and cables

• Brake pads and rotors

• Differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• CVT transmission fluid

• Transfer case oil (AWD models)

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

• Replace in-cabin microfilter

• Replace intelligent key battery

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

45,000 miles/(72,000 km)/

54 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

9-16 Maintenance and schedules

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

50,000 miles/(80,000 km)/

60 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

Maintenance and schedules 9-17

52,500 miles/(84,000 km)/

42 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

55,000 miles/(88,000 km)/

66 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

9-18 Maintenance and schedules

60,000 miles/(96,000 km)/

48 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake lines and cables

• Brake pads and rotors

• CVT transmission fluid

• Differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Engine drive belts *

• Fuel tank vapor vent system *

• Fuel lines/connections *

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear and linkage

• Axle and suspension parts

• Transfer case oil (AWD models)

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Hose inspection

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine air filter (1)

• Replace brake fluid

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

• Replace in-cabin microfilter

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

60,000 miles/(96,000 km)/

72 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Maintenance and schedules 9-19

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

• Replace CVT transmission fluid (1)

• Replace differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

(1) Performed based on the number of miles only.

65,000 miles/(104,000 km)/

78 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

9-20 Maintenance and schedules

67,500 miles/(108,000 km)/

54 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

• Replace Intelligent Key battery

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

70,000 miles/(112,000 km)/

84 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

Maintenance and schedules 9-21

75,000 miles/(120,000 km)/

60 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake lines and cables

• Brake pads and rotors

• CVT transmission fluid

• Differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Engine drive belt *

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Transfer case oil (AWD models)

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine air filter

• Hose inspections

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

• Replace in-cabin microfilter

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

75,000 miles/(120,000 km)/

90 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

9-22 Maintenance and schedules

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

80,000 miles/(128,000 km)/

96 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

• Replace differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

Maintenance and schedules 9-23

82,500 miles/(132,000 km)/

66 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

85,000 miles/(136,000 km)/

102 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

9-24 Maintenance and schedules

90,000 miles/(144,000 km)/

72 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake lines and cables

• Brake pads and rotors

• CVT transmission fluid

• Differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Transfer case oil (AWD models)

• Drive shaft boots

• Engine drive belt *

• Fuel tank vapor vent system *

• Fuel lines/connections *

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear and linkage

• Axle and suspension parts

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Hose inspections

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine air filter (1)

• Replace brake fluid

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

• Replace in-cabin microfilter

• Replace intelligent key battery

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

90,000 miles/(144,000 km)/

108 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Maintenance and schedules 9-25

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

9-26 Maintenance and schedules

95,000 miles/(152,000 km)/

114 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

97,500 miles/(156,000 km)/

78 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

100,000 miles/(160,000 km)/

120 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

• Replace differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Replace transfer case oil (AWD models)

Maintenance and schedules 9-27

105,000 miles/(168,000 km)/

84 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake lines and cables

• Brake pads and rotors

• CVT transmission fluid

• Engine drive belt *

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Transfer case oil (AWD models)

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace spark plugs (1)(2)

• Replace engine coolant * (3)

• Tire rotation

• Replace in-cabin microfilter

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

(1) Replace spark plug when the plug gap exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if within specified replacement mileage.

(2) Performed based on the number of miles only.

(3) First replacement interval is 105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After first replacement, replace every 75,000 miles

(120,000 km) or 60 months.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

105,000 miles/(168,000 km)/

126 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

9-28 Maintenance and schedules

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

110,000 miles/(176,000 km)/

132 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Replace brake fluid

Maintenance and schedules 9-29

112,500 miles/(180,000 km)/

90 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

• Replace intelligent key battery

Severe maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

115,000 miles/(184,000 km)/

138 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Not Applicable. Proceed to next interval

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake pads & rotors

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear & linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspections

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Differential gear oil

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine oil & filter

9-30 Maintenance and schedules

120,000 miles/(192,000 km)/

96 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers or months, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake lines and cables

• Brake pads and rotors

• CVT Transmission fluid

• Differential gear oil (AWD models)

• Transfer case oil (AWD models)

• Drive shaft boots

• Engine drive belt *

• Fuel tank vapor vent system *

• Fuel lines/connections *

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear and linkage

• Axle and suspension parts

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/ hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake, power steering, coolant)

• Hose inspections

• Suspension components (shocks, subframe, tie rods)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essential:

• Replace engine air filter (1)

• Replace brake fluid

• Replace engine oil & filter

• Tire rotation

• Replace in-cabin microfilter

Severe maintenance:

Essential:

• Replace CVT transmission fluid (2)

(1) If operating mainly in dusty conditions, more frequent maintenance may be required.

(2) Performed based on the number of miles only.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “*” are recommended by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. The owner need not perform such maintenance in order to maintain the emission warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

Maintenance and schedules 9-31

MEMO

9-32 Maintenance and schedules

10 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2

Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Engine oil and oil filter recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

When traveling or registering in another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Vehicle identification number

(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11

Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . 10-12

Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . 10-13

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16

Securing the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17

Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19

Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23

Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24

Flat towing for all–wheel drive vehicle

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30

Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31

Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32

Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/

LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure described in the “Do-it-yourself ” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fuel

Engine oil*1

Drain and refill

*1: For additional information, see

“Engine oil” (P. 8-6).

Engine coolant

With reservoir

Differential gear oil

Transfer oil

Fluid type

With oil filter change

Without oil filter change

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid

Power Steering Fluid (PSF)

Metric

Measure

71.9 L

Capacity (approximate)

US

Measure

19 gal

Imperial

Measure

15-7/8 gal

Recommended Fluids/Lubricants

• For additional information, see “Fuel recommendation” (P. 10-4).

4.8 L

4.5 L

8.7 L

—

5-1/8 qt

4-3/4 qt

2-1/4 gal

—

4-1/4 qt

4 qt

1-7/8 gal

—

• Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil 0W-20 SN” (or equivalent) is recommended.

• If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic

0W-20 GF-5 SN motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage caused by the use of motor oil (or engine oil) other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited

Warranty. For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter

recommendations” (P. 10-7).

• Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent.

• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3.

• NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids.

Using fluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid

NS-3 may damage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered under NISSAN’s New

Vehicle Limited Warranty outlined in your Warranty Information

Booklet.

—

—

—

—

—

—

• Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or equivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil.

— — —

• Genuine NISSAN E-PSF or equivalent.

• Use of a power steering fluid other than Genuine NISSAN E-PSF may prevent the power steering system from operating properly.

10-2 Technical and consumer information

Fluid type

Brake fluid

Multi-purpose grease

Windshield-washer fluid

Air conditioning system refrigerant

Air conditioning system oil

Capacity (approximate)

Metric

Measure

US

Measure

Imperial

Measure

— — —

—

4.6 L

—

—

—

1-1/4 gal

—

—

—

1 gal

—

—

Recommended Fluids/Lubricants

• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent

DOT 3.

*2: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN dealer.

• NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base).

• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent.

• HFO1234yf (R1234yf).

• For additional information, see “Air conditioner system refriger-

ant and oil recommendations” (P. 10-8).

• NISSAN A/C System Oil Type PAG or equivalent.

• For additional information, see “Air conditioner system refriger-

ant and oil recommendations” (P. 10-8).

Technical and consumer information 10-3

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock

Index) number (Research octane number

91).

CAUTION

• Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door label can operate on E-85. Fuel system or other damage can occur if

E-85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E-85.

• Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system, and may also affect the warranty coverage.

• Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used, because this will damage the three-way catalyst.

• Do not use a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to run on a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol in a vehicle not specifically designed for a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle.

Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle

Limited Warranty.

• Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).

Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel dispensers are labeled to indicate

MMT content, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details. Note that Federal and

California laws prohibit the use of

MMT in reformulated gasoline.

• U.S. government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.

Gasoline specifications

NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) specifications where it is available. Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this specification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance. Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines. These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when available.

10-4 Technical and consumer information

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol, Methyl

Tert-butyl Ether (MTBE) and methanol with or without advertising their presence.

NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined. If in doubt, ask your service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and/or fuel system damage.

• The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline.

• If an oxygenate-blend other than methanol blend is used, it should contain no more than 15% oxygenate.

• If a methanol blend is used, it should contain no more than 5% methanol

(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol).

It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors. If not properly formulated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors, such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and/or vehicle performance problems.

At this time, sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles.

If any driveability problems such as engine stalling and difficult hot-starting are experienced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling. Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage.

abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.

E–85 fuel

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline.

E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel

Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 in your vehicle. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMT

MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl, is an octane boosting additive. NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuel containing MMT. Such fuel may adversely affect vehicle performance, including the emissions control system. Note that while some fuel pumps label MMT content, not all do, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details.

E–15 fuel

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15% fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline.

E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed to run on E-15 fuel. U.S. government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified with small, square, orange and black label with the common

Technical and consumer information 10-5

Aftermarket fuel additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injector cleaner, octane booster, intake valve deposit removers, etc.) which are sold commercially. Many of these additives intended for gum, varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvents or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips

Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent, heavy “spark knock.”

(“Spark knock” is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe, this can lead to engine damage. If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating, or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads, it is recommended that you have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition. Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle, for which NISSAN is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark knock, after-run and/or overheating, which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine damage. If any of the above symptoms are encountered, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing.

However, now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills. This is not a cause for concern, because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load.

10-6 Technical and consumer information

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER

RECOMMENDATIONS

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct grade, quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance.

For additional information, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities”

(P. 10-2). NISSAN recommends the use of an

energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy.

LTI2051

Select only engine oils that meet the

American Petroleum Institute (API) certification or International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee (ILSAC) certification and SAE viscosity standard.

These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container. Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage.

Oil additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives. The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature. Because of this, it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change. Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. When replacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in

“Change intervals.”

Technical and consumer information 10-7

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters. Using engine oil and filters that are not of the specified quality, or exceeding recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life. Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle

Limited Warranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-quality engine oil when it was built. You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval. Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes:

• repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures

• driving in dusty conditions

• extensive idling

• towing a trailer

• stop and go commuting

For additional information, see “Mainte-

nance and schedules” (P. 9-2).

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

REFRIGERANT AND OIL

RECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioner system in your

NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) and

NISSAN A/C system oil Type PAG or the exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) in your NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth's ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth's atmosphere, certain government regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air conditioner system service. A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioner system refrigerant.

10-8 Technical and consumer information

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioner system.

SPECIFICATIONS

ENGINE

Model

Type

Cylinder arrangement

Bore x Stroke

Displacement

Firing order

Idle speed

CVT (in N (Neutral) position)

Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)

CO % at idle

Spark plug

Spark plug gap (Nominal)

Camshaft operation

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

3.5L 6 cylinder (VQ35DE engine model)

Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC

6-cylinder, V-block, Slanted at 60° in (mm) 3.780 x 3.189 (96 x 81) cu in (cm

3

) 213.45 (3,498)

1–2–3–4–5–6

No adjustment is necessary.

FXE22HR-11 in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Timing chain

Technical and consumer information 10-9

WHEELS AND TIRES

Wheels

Alloy

Tires

All Season

Spare tire

Temporary spare - steel or alloy

Offset in (mm) Size

1.97 (50)

1.97 (50)

18 x 7.5J

20 x 7.5J

Wheel size

Size

235/65R18

235/55R20

Tire size

18 x 4T T165/90D18

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length without front license plate bracket with front license plate bracket

Overall width

Overall height

Front and rear track width

Wheelbase

Gross vehicle weight rating

Gross axle weight rating

Front

Rear in (mm) 192.4 (4,888) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)

192.8 (4,898)

75.4 (1,916)

67.5 (1,714)

64.6 (1,640) in (mm) 111.2 (2,825) lbs. (kg) Refer to the

“F.M.V.S.S./

C.M.V.S.S.

certification label” on the center lbs. (kg) lbs. (kg) pillar between the driver's side front and rear doors.

10-10 Technical and consumer information

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING

IN ANOTHER COUNTRY

When planning to drive your NISSAN vehicle in another country, you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle's engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country, state, province or district, it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country, state, province or district; therefore, vehicle specifications may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into another country, state, province or district and registered, its modifications, transportation and registration are the responsibility of the user. NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

(VIN) PLATE

LTI2050

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate is attached as shown. This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration.

LTI2108

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(chassis number)

The vehicle identification number is located as shown.

Technical and consumer information 10-11

LTI2133

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

WTI0172

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION

LABEL

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: (GVWR), (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

WTI0188

EMISSION CONTROL

INFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label is attached to the underside of the hood as shown.

10-12 Technical and consumer information

LTI2251

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION

LABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. The label is located as shown.

WTI0198

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION

LABEL

The air conditioner specification label is affixed to the underside of the hood as shown.

Technical and consumer information 10-13

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Symbol Name

Caution

Reference

ISO 7000 0434

Air Conditioning System

(MAC)

MAC System Lubricant Type

(PAG–POE)

Requires Registered Technician to

Service MAC System

ISO 2575 D01

Graphic

Flammable Refrigerant

Air Conditioner Specification Label Symbols

LTI2406

To mount the front license plate, attach the license plate bracket to the plastic finisher at the location marks (small dimples) using the two provided screws

O

.

10-14 Technical and consumer information

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

WARNING

•

It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside a vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.

•

Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.

•

Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle:

• Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehicle) - vehicle weight including: standard and optional equipment, fluids, emergency tools, and spare tire assembly. This weight

does not

include passengers and cargo.

• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo.

• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) - maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment. This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./

C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axle.

This information is located on the

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.

label.

certification

• GCWR (Gross Combined Weight

Rating) The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle, passengers, cargo, and trailer.

• Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,

Total load capacity - maximum total weight limit specified of the load

(passengers and cargo) for the vehicle. This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load. This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label.

Technical and consumer information 10-15

• Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo, the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as “The combined weight of occupants and cargo” on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as “Seating Capacity” on the Tire and Loading Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occupants and cargo”, add the weight of all occupants, then add the total luggage weight.

Examples are shown in the following illustration.

Steps for determining correct load limit

LTI2320

Example

1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and

10-16 Technical and consumer information

cargo should never exceed XXX lbs. or XXX kg” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from

XXX lbs. or XXX kg.

4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals

1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150) = 650 lbs.) or

(640-340 (5 X 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm that you do not exceed the

GVWR or the GAWR for your vehicle.

For additional information, see “Mea-

surement of weights” (P. 10-19).

Also check tires for proper inflation pressures. For additional information, see “Tire and Loading Informa-

tion label” (P. 10-13).

LTI2113

Cargo area luggage hooks

SECURING THE LOAD

There are luggage hooks located in the cargo area as shown. The hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps.

When securing items using luggage hooks located on the side finisher do not apply a load over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N) to a single hook.

The luggage hooks that are located on the floor should have loads less than 110 lbs. (490 N) to a single hook.

Technical and consumer information 10-17

WARNING

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

• The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area. Secure any items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged.

• Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury.

LOADING TIPS

• The GVW must not exceed GVWR or

GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./

C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

• Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING

•

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

•

Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear

GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles.

This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury.

•

Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire, but can also cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking distances. This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury. Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle’s warranty.

10-18 Technical and consumer information

TOWING A TRAILER

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads.

Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the Gross Axle Weight

Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the Gross

Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings.

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling, braking and performance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

• Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles (805 km).

Your engine, axle or other parts could be damaged.

• For the first 500 miles (805 km) that you tow a trailer, do not drive over 50 mph (80 km/h) and do not make starts at full throttle. This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads.

NOTE:

Tow hitches are available as an accessory for this vehicle. If a tow hitch is installed, the liftgate electronic control unit (ECU) needs to be replaced with an

ECU programmed with towing logic for the Motion-Activated Liftgate to function properly.

Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo.

Remember that towing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle's engine, drive train, steering, braking and other systems.

A NISSAN Towing Guide (U.S. only) is available on the website at www.nissanusa.com. This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required for proper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the “Towing Load/

Specification” chart found in this section.

The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight.

The maximum Gross Combined Weight

Rating (GCWR) should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load/

Specification Chart.

Technical and consumer information 10-19

Temperature conditions can also affect towing. For example, towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheating. The engine protection mode, which helps reduce the chance of engine damage, could activate and automatically decrease engine power. Vehicle speed may decrease under high load. Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load, weather and road conditions.

WARNING

LTI2105

The Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle (including passengers and cargo) plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling, braking and performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads, but also the places you plan to tow.

Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced for low traction situations (for example, on slippery boat ramps).

Overheating can result in reduced engine power and vehicle speed. The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed, pull to the side of the road in a safe area. Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation. For additional information,

see “If your vehicle overheats” (P. 6-12).

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from improper towing procedures is not covered by NISSAN warranties.

10-20 Technical and consumer information

WTI0160

Tongue load

When using a weight carrying or a weight distributing hitch, keep the tongue load between 10 - 15% of the total trailer load or use the trailer tongue load specified by the trailer manufacturer. The tongue load must be within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following “Towing Load/

Specification” chart. If the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load.

LTI2106

Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight

(GVW)/maximum Gross Axle

Weight (GAW)

The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.

certification label. The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment. In addition, front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optional equipment, such as the trailer hitch, will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR,

Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross Combined

Weight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops, highway weigh stations, building supply centers or salvage yards.

To determine the available payload capacity for tongue/king pin load, use the following procedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./

C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR. The remaining amount is the available maximum tongue/king pin load.

To determine the available towing capacity, use the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the

"Towing Load/Specification" chart found in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR. The remaining amount is the available maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo, that are normally in the trailer when it is towed. Make sure the

Gross trailer weight is not more than the

Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle

Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and

Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F.M.V.S.S./

C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified ratings.

Example:

• Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed on a scale - including passengers, cargo and hitch - 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg).

Technical and consumer information 10-21

• Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) from

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -

7,250 lbs. (3,289 kg).

• Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) from “Towing Load/Specification" chart -

15,100 lbs. (6,849 kg).

• Maximum Trailer towing capacity from

“Towing Load/Specification" chart - 9,100 lbs. (4,128 kg).

7,250 lbs. (3,289 kg)

– 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg)

= 900 lbs. (409 kg)

GVWR

GVW

Available for tongue weight

15,100 lbs. (6,849 kg)

– 6,350 lbs. (2,880 kg)

GCWR

GVW

= 9,123 lbs. (4,138 kg) Capacity available for towing

The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passenger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weight between 10 - 15% of the trailer weight or within the trailer tongue load specification recommended by the trailer manufacturer.

If the tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange the cargo to obtain the proper tongue load. Do not exceed the maximum tongue weight specification shown in the

“Towing load/specification” chart even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15%. If the calculated tongue weight is less than 10%, reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight.

Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings.

Trailer frontal area

CAUTION

Exceeding the maximum trailer frontal area specification may exceed the towing capacity of the vehicle. This may affect the towing performance and lead to vehicle damage.

The trailer frontal area affects the towing load of a trailer. The frontal area is the total area of the vehicle and trailer that is affected by air resistance while towing. Do not exceed the maximum trailer frontal area specification shown in the "Towing

Load/Specification” chart. The frontal area can be determined by multiplying the width of the trailer by the height of the trailer. For example, a trailer that is 8 feet wide by 6 feet tall has a trailer frontal area of

48 square feet.

900 lbs. (409 kg) Available tongue weight

/ 8,750 lbs. (3,969 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongue weight

10-22 Technical and consumer information

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

WARNING

The towing capacities provided in this manual are for general reference only.

The safe towing capacity of your vehicle is affected by dealer and factory installed options and passenger and cargo loads. You must weigh the vehicle and trailer as described in this manual to determine the actual vehicle towing capacity. Do not exceed the published maximum towing capacity or the GCWR or the GVWR shown on the

FMVSS/CMVSS label. Doing so can result in an accident causing serious personal injury or property damage.

Axle type

Maximum Towing Capacity *1

Maximum Tongue load

Maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating

FWD/AWD

1,500 lbs. (680 kg)

150 lbs. (68 kg)

6,393 lbs. (2,900 kg)

*1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/or optional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximum towing capacity.

Technical and consumer information 10-23

TOWING SAFETY

WARNING

Trailer hitch

Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional trailer tow package. The trailer tow package includes a receiver-type frame mounted hitch. This hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is used. Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball that is rated for the trailer to be towed. Genuine NISSAN ball mounts and hitch balls are available from a NISSAN dealer.

If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional trailer tow package, check the towing capacity of your bumper hitch or receiver-type frame mounted hitch.

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer. A Genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from a NISSAN dealer. Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds, rough road surfaces or passing trucks.

Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings. Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch components. Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components. Doing so can cause serious personal injury or property damage.

Hitch ball

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer:

• The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also have the size printed on the top of the ball.

• Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight.

• The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diameter. The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1/16” smaller than the hole in the ball mount.

• The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount. There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut.

10-24 Technical and consumer information

Ball mount

The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver. Choose a proper class ball mount based on the trailer weight. Additionally, the ball mount should be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the ground.

Weight carrying hitches

A weight carrying or “dead weight” ball mount is one that is designed to carry the whole amount of tongue weight and gross weight directly on the ball mount and on the receiver.

Weight distribution hitch

This type of hitch is also called a “loadleveling” or “equalizing” hitch. A set of bars attach to the ball mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue weight (hitch weight) of your trailer. Many vehicles can't carry the full tongue weight of a given trailer, and need some of the tongue weight transferred through the frame and pushing down on the front wheels. This gives stability to the tow vehicle.

A weight-distributing hitch system (Class

IV) is recommended if you plan to tow trailers with a maximum weight over 5,000 lbs.

(2,268 kg). Check with the trailer and towing equipment manufacturers to determine if they recommend the use of a weightdistributing hitch system.

NOTE:

A weight-distributing hitch system may affect the operation of trailer surge brakes. If you are considering use of a weight-distributing hitch system with a surge brake-equipped trailer, check with the surge brake, hitch or trailer manufacturer to determine if and how this can be done.

Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the weight-distributing hitch system.

General set-up instructions are as follows:

1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface.

With the ignition switch in the ON position and the doors closed, allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes so that it can level.

2. Measure the height of a reference point on the front and rear bumpers at the center of the vehicle.

3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper height is within 0 - .5 inches (0 –

13 mm) of the reference height measured in step 2. The rear bumper should be no higher than the reference height measured in step 2.

manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device.

Class I hitch

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2,000 lbs.

(907 kg).

WARNING

Properly adjust the weight distributing hitch so the rear of the bumper is no higher than the measured reference height when the trailer is attached. If the rear bumper is higher than the measured reference height when loaded, the vehicle may handle unpredictably which could cause a loss of vehicle control and cause serious personal injury or property damage.

Sway control device

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts, and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer handling. Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects. If you choose to use one, contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer's brake system.

Follow the instructions provided by the

Tire pressures

• When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the

Tire and Loading Information label.

• Trailer tire condition, size, load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturer's specifications.

Safety chains

Always use suitable safety chains between your vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is

Technical and consumer information 10-25

mounted to the bumper. Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners.

Trailer lights

the optional trailer tow package are equipped with a flat 4-pin connector, an adapter will be needed to connect the trailer lights to the vehicle. Adapters are available at auto parts stores and hitch retailers.

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electrical system, a commercially available power-type module/converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting. This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light, stop light and turn signal circuits as a signal source.

The module/ converter must draw no more than 15 milliamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits. Using a module/converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle's electrical system. It is recommended that you visit a reputable trailer retailer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed.

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or local regulations. For assistance in hooking up trailer lights, it is recommended that you contact a NISSAN dealer or reputable trailer retailer. Vehicles equipped with

10-26 Technical and consumer information

Pre-towing tips

• Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded and/or unloaded trailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose-up or nosedown condition; check for improper tongue load, overload, worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition.

• Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving.

• Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low.

• Load the trailer so approximately 60% of the trailer load is in the front half and 40% is in the back half. Also make sure the load is balanced side to side.

• Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, vehicle tire pressure, trailer light operation, and trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle.

• Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal, state or local regulations. If not, install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle.

• Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle's behavior, you should practice turning, stopping and backing up in an area which is free from traffic. Steering stability and braking performance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions.

• Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving.

• Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadvertently becoming unlatched.

• Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

• Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed.

• When backing up, hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand. Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go. Make small corrections and back up slowly. If possible, have someone guide you when you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is not recommended; however, if you must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift lever to the P

(Park) position before blocking the wheels and applying the parking brake, transmission damage could occur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks absorb the vehicle load.

4. Apply the parking brake.

5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:

1. Start the vehicle.

2. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks.

6. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

7. Have someone retrieve and store the blocks.

• While going downhill, the weight of the trailer pushing on the tow vehicle may decrease overall stability. Therefore, to maintain adequate control, reduce your speed and shift to a lower gear. Avoid long or repeated use of the brakes when descending a hill, as this reduces their effectiveness and could cause overheating. Shifting to a lower gear instead provides “engine braking” and reduces the need to brake as frequently.

• If the engine coolant temperature rises to a high temperature, see “If your vehicle

overheats” (P. 6-12).

• Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal circumstances.

• Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle's first 500 miles (805 km).

• For the first 500 miles (805 km) that you do tow, do not drive over 50 mph (80 km/h).

• Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended Maintenance Schedule in the

“Maintenance and schedules” section of this manual.

• When making a turn, your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels. To compensate for this, make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn.

• Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly causing vehicle sway. When being passed by larger vehicles, be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect vehicle handling.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow. This combination will help stabilize the vehicle

Technical and consumer information 10-27

– Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is balanced as described in this section.

• Be careful when passing other vehicles.

Passing while towing a trailer requires considerably more distance than normal passing. Remember, the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes.

• Downshift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills. This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes.

• Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat, resulting in reduced braking efficiency.

• Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.

• NISSAN recommends that the cruise control not be used while towing a trailer.

• Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers. Obey the local speed limits.

• Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness connections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles (80 km) of travel and at every break.

• When launching a boat, don't allow the water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper.

• Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, final drive gear oil should be replaced and transmission oil/ fluid should be changed more frequently. For additional information, see

“Do-it-yourself ” (P. 8-2).

FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEEL

DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing.

This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

• Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage.

• Never flat tow your All-Wheel Drive

(AWD) vehicle.

• DO NOT tow your All-Wheel Drive

(AWD) vehicle with any wheels on the ground. Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.

• For emergency towing procedures see “Towing recommended by

NISSAN” (P. 6-13).

FLAT TOWING FOR FRONT WHEEL

DRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing.

This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home.

10-28 Technical and consumer information

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

CAUTION

• Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage.

• Whenever flat towing your vehicle, always tow forward, never backward.

• Never tow your front wheel drive vehicle with the front tires on the ground. Doing so may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.

• DO NOT tow your front wheel drive continuously variable transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground (flat towing). Doing so WILL

DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication.

• For emergency towing procedures see “Towing recommended by

NISSAN” (P. 6-13).

Continuously Variable

Transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with a continuously variable transmission, an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle's drive wheels.

Always follow the dolly manufacturer's recommendations when using their product.

DOT (Department of Transportation) Quality Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.

The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Technical and consumer information 10-29

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

WARRANTY

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

tor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades

B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat, and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Mo-

10-30 Technical and consumer information

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following emission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty

Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive a

Warranty Information Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replacement by writing to:

• Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003

Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty

Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN vehicle. If you did not receive a

Warranty Information Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a replacement by writing to:

• Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However,

NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the

Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at

1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400

Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C.

20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport

Canada in addition to notifying

NISSAN.

If Transport Canada receives complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may request that NISSAN conduct a recall campaign.

However, Transport

Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Canada's

Defect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1-800-333-0510. You may also report safety defects online at: http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/ motorvehiclesafety/menu.htm (English speakers) or http://www.tc.gc.ca/ fra/securiteautomobile/menu.htm

(French speakers)

Or contact Transport Canada by mail at:

Transport Canada Motor Vehicle

Safety Investigations Laboratory

80 Noel Street Gatineau, QC J8Z0A1

Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Transport Canada's

Road Safety Information Centre at

1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/ securiteroutiere (French speakers).

To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer

Information Centre toll free at

1-800-387-0122.

Technical and consumer information 10-31

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/

MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)

WARNING

A vehicle equipped with All -Wheel

Drive (AWD) should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer (such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing), or similar equipment. Make sure you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer. Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states and Canadian Provinces, your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the

“ready condition” for an Inspection/

Maintenance (I/M) test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when it is driven through certain driving patterns. Usually, the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be reset to a “not ready” condition. Before taking the I/M test, check the vehicle's inspection/maintenance test readiness condition. Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine. If the Malfunction Indicator

Light (MIL) comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds , the I/M test condition is “not ready”. If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds, the I/M test condition is “ready”. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer to set the “ready condition” or to prepare the vehicle for testing.

This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data

Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an

EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.

The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;

• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was traveling.

• Sounds are not recorded.

10-32 Technical and consumer information

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN dealer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law.

OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICE

MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased. A

Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the factory-trained technicians working at NISSAN dealerships. Genuine

NISSAN Owner’s Manuals can also be purchased.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact: www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of Genuine NISSAN Owner's Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN

Service Manual or Owner’s Manual, for this model year and prior, please visit the nearest NISSAN dealer. For the phone number and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area, call the NISSAN Information Center at

1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.

Technical and consumer information 10-33

MEMO

10-34 Technical and consumer information

11 Index

A

Air bag (See supplemental restraint system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49

Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impact air bag system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-57

Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . .1-70

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . .1-70, 2-11

Air bag warning light,

supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-70, 2-11

Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . .8-16

Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . .4-29

Air conditioner specification label . .10-13

Air conditioner system refrigerant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8

Air conditioner system refrigerant and oil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8

Heater and air conditioner (automatic)

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28

Heater and air conditioner controls .4-29

Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . .4-31

Alarm system (See vehicle security system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30

All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-114

Anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . .1-32

Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32

Anti-lock brake warning light . . . . .2-9, 2-11

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . . . .5-119

Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-127

Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6

Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36

Automatic

Automatic power window switch . . .2-61

Automatic anti-glare inside

mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34, 3-35

Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . .2-11

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . . .5-87

AWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-114

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-127, 8-13

Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . .8-23

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . .5-16

Belt (See drive belt). . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . .5-38

Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-45

Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . .5-119

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . .8-25

Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-119

Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

Brake wear indicators . . . . . . .2-16, 8-19

Self-adjusting brakes. . . . . . . . . . .8-19

Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-121

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-119

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-113

Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40

Bulb check/instrument panel. . . . . . . .2-9

Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

C

C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .10-12

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . .4-32

Cargo (See vehicle loading information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15

Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . .2-57

Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-26

Child restraint with top tether strap . . .1-32

Child restraints. . . . . . .1-25, 1-26, 1-27, 1-29

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29

Precautions on child

restraints . . . . . . . . . . .1-34, 1-40, 1-45

Top tether strap anchor point locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-32

Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-7

Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . .7-2, 7-4

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-127

Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65

Continuously Variable Transmission

(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

Driving with Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Controls

Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-29

Coolant

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . .2-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7

Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-55

Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56

D

Daytime running light system

(Canada only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40

Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system . .2-40

Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . .10-10

Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . .2-40

11-2

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5

Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15

Driving

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . .5-127

Driving with Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Precautions when starting and

driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11

Driving the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Dynamic driver assistance switch . . . . .2-47

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-10

Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . .10-12

Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . .2-6

Event Data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . .10-32

Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . .5-4

Explanation of maintenance items . . . . .9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . .2-51

Eyeglass case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

E

E-call (SOS) Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48

Economy - fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-114

Emergency engine shutoff . . . . . . .5-15, 6-2

Emission control information label . . . .10-12

Emission control system warranty. . . .10-30

Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-16

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . .8-5

Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6

Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-6

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . .8-5

Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-6

Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . .2-6

Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . .8-4

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . . .10-12

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3, 6-4

Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . .7-6

Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

Engine coolant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6

Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . .8-12

Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

Front air bag system

(See supplemental restraint system) . . .1-57

Front and rear sonar system . . . . . . .5-124

Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-4

Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

Front-door pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52

Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-114

Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6

Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . .10-4

Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29

Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . .3-29

Fuel-filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29

Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . . . .2-25

Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . .5-113

Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29

Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® Universal

Transceiver . . . . . . . .2-66, 2-67, 2-69, 2-70

Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-29

Gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . .2-6

Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54

Grocery hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58

H

Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . .6-2

Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-9

Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . .2-35

Headlight control switch. . . . . . . . . . .2-35

Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

Heated rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-45

Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42, 2-44

Heated steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . .2-46

Heater

Heater and air conditioner (automatic)

(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28

Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-29

Heater operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-30

Heater and air conditioner

(automatic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28

Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . .5-124

HomeLink® Universal

Transceiver . . . . . . . .2-66, 2-67, 2-69, 2-70

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21

Hook

Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42

I

Ignition switch

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . .5-13

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . .2-31, 5-16

Important vehicle information label . . .10-12

In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . .5-114

Indicator

NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

Indicator lights and audible reminders

(See warning/indicator lights and audible

reminders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-11

Inside automatic anti-glare mirror .3-34, 3-35

Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-40

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2

Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . .2-40

Intelligent Around View Monitor . . . . . .4-10

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) . . . . . . .5-58

Intelligent Drive Alertness (I-DA). . . . . .5-109

Intelligent Forward Collision Warning

(I-FCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-97

Intelligent Key system

Key operating range . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8

Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9

Mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3

Remote keyless entry operation . . . .3-12

Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . .3-16

Warning signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . . . . .5-32

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64

ISOFIX child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29

11-3

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-14

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2

Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . .8-23

Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system

(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . .3-12

Keys

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

L

Label

Tire and Loading Information label . .10-13

Labels

Air conditioner specification label . . .10-13

C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . .10-12

Emission control information label . .10-12

Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . .10-12

F.M.V.S.S. certification label. . . . . . . .10-12

Tire and Loading Information label . .10-13

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11

Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-70

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . .5-27

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-29

License plate

Installing the license plate. . . . . . . .10-14

Liftgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21

Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27

Light

Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . .1-70, 2-11

Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . .8-25

Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . .2-9

Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

Console light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65

Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . .8-25

Fog light switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-35

Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-35

Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64

Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-12

Low windshield-washer fluid warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66

Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-10

Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . .2-65

Warning/indicator lights and audible

reminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-11

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65

Lock

Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . .3-7

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5

Fuel-filler door lock opener lever . . . .3-29

Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-27

Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

Low fuel warning light . . . . .2-10, 2-14, 2-25

Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . .2-12

Low windshield-washer fluid warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

Luggage (See vehicle loading information) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15

Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57

Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . . . . . .2-58

M

Maintenance

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2

Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3

Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-24

Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . .9-4

Maintenance requirements. . . . . . . . . .9-2

Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7

Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-13

Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . . . .1-3

Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65

Map pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52

Memory seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37

Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-40

11-4

Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside

mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34, 3-35

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . .3-35, 3-36

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62, 7-5

Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . .4-22

N

NISSAN Intelligent Key® . . . . . . . . . .3-2, 3-7

NISSAN Intelligent Key® battery discharge indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31, 5-16

NissanConnect® Owner's Manual . . . . . .4-2

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) . .10-6

Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6

Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . .8-6

Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . .8-6

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Engine oil viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-7

Outside mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-35, 3-36

Overhead sunglasses holder . . . . . . . .2-55

Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . .6-12

Owner's manual order form . . . . . . . .10-33

Owner's manual/service manual order information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-33

Precautions on child

restraints . . . . . . . . . . . .1-34, 1-40, 1-45

Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-13

Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49

Precautions when starting and

driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12

P

Parking

Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-117

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23

Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66

Power

Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . .1-4

Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50

Power rear windows. . . . . . . . . . . .2-61

Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-118

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59

Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-61

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50

Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-118

Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Precautions

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2

On-pavement and off-road driving precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9

Precautions on booster

seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-34, 1-40, 1-45

R

Radio

Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-32

Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-32

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . .2-15, 5-82

Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . .5-47

Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . .2-24, 2-25, 2-48

Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61

Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6

Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34

Rear window wiper and washer switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33

Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34

RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3

Recommended Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2

Recorders

Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-32

Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . .10-8

Registering a vehicle in another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11

11-5

Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . .3-18, 5-17

Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-31

Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58

S

Safety

Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . .3-7

Child seat belts . . . . .1-27, 1-34, 1-40, 1-45

Reporting safety defects (US only). . .10-31

Seat

Memory seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-37

Seat adjustment

Front manual seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3

Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . .1-4

Seat belt

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25

Infants and small children . . . . .1-25, 1-26

Injured person. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16

Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-26

Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-13

Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16

Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . .1-20

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24

Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-24

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13, 7-6

Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . .1-23

Three-point type with retractor . . . . .1-17

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24

Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . .1-16, 2-10

Seatback pockets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53

Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

11-6

Armrests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6

Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2

Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42, 2-44

Manual front seat adjustment . . . . . .1-3

Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6

Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10

Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer

System), engine start. . . . . . . . . .2-31, 5-16

Security systems

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-30

Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19

Service manual order form . . . . . . . .10-33

Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . .4-31

Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-23

Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . .8-15

Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9

Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Spotlights (See map light) . . . . . . . . . .2-65

SRS warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-70

Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8

Starting

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-16

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10, 8-14

Precautions when starting and

driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-11

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17

Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-18

Steering

Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . .2-46

Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-118

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31

Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52

Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33

Sunglasses case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62, 7-5

Sunroof (see Moonroof) . . . . . . . . . . .2-62

Supplemental air bag warning labels . . .1-70

Supplemental air bag warning

light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-70, 2-11

Supplemental front impact air bag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-57

Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels . . . . .1-70

Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-49

Supplemental restraint system

(Supplemental air bag system) . . . . . . .1-49

Switch

Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36

Automatic power window switch. . . .2-61

Fog light switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2

Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-35

Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . .2-35

Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-40

Power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34

Rear window wiper and washer switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33

Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . .2-6

Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System),

engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-31, 5-16

Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3, 6-4

Spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-38

Tire and Loading Information label . .10-13

Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-34

Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27

Tire rotation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35

Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . .10-29

Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . .8-27, 10-10

Tire pressure

Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-12

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5

Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-32

Towing

2-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . . .6-15

All-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . .6-14

Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-28

Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

Towing load/specification . . . . . . .10-23

Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19

Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) . . . . . . . .5-24

Transceiver

HomeLink® Universal

Transceiver. . . . . . .2-66, 2-67, 2-69, 2-70

Transmission

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

Driving with Continuously Variable

Transmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Travel (See registering a vehicle in another country) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11

Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . .10-15

Vehicle recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15, 6-16

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . .2-30

Vehicle security system (NISSAN Vehicle

Immobilizer System), engine start . .2-31, 5-16

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26

Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33

U

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-29

USB/iPod® Charging Ports . . . . . . . . .4-32

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33

Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . .10-10

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-121

Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11

Vehicle identification number (VIN)

(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11

Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . .2-31, 5-16

Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . .2-17

W

Warning

Air bag warning light. . . . . . . . .1-70, 2-11

Anti-lock brake warning light . . . .2-9, 2-11

Battery charge warning light . . . . . .2-10

Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-10

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2

Loose fuel cap warning. . . . . . . . . .2-25

Low fuel warning light . . . .2-10, 2-14, 2-25

Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-12

Low windshield-washer fluid warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

Seat belt warning light . . . . . . .1-16, 2-10

Supplemental air bag warning

light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-70, 2-11

Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . .2-30

Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . . .1-70

Warning/indicator lights and audible

reminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-11

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-11

Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

11-7

Warning/indicator lights and audible

reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-11

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-11

Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-11

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-11

Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33

Weights

(See dimensions and weights) . . . . . .10-10

Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27, 10-10

When traveling or registering in another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-11

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59

Locking passengers' windows . . . . .2-60

Power rear windows. . . . . . . . . . . .2-61

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-59

Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-61

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-12

Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33

Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-32

11-8

MEMO

MEMO

GAS STATION INFORMATION

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION

• Only vehicles with the E-85 filler door label can operate on E-85. Fuel system or other damage can occur if

E-85 is used in vehicles that are not designed to run on E-85.

• Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control system, and may also affect the warranty coverage.

• Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used, because this will damage the three-way catalyst.

• Do not use a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol in your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed to run on a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol. Using a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol in a vehicle not specifically designed for a fuel containing more than 15% ethanol can adversely affect the emission control devices and systems of the vehicle.

Damage caused by such fuel is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle

Limited Warranty.

• Do not use fuel that contains the octane booster methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).

Using fuel containing MMT may adversely affect vehicle performance and vehicle emissions. Not all fuel dispensers are labeled to indicate

MMT content, so you may have to consult your gasoline retailer for more details. Note that Federal and

California laws prohibit the use of

MMT in reformulated gasoline.

• U.S. government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small, square, orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region.

For additional information, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities”

(P. 10-2).

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and

capacities” (P. 10-2).

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:

For additional information, see “Tire and

Loading Information label” (P. 10-13).

The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver's door. For additional information, see “Wheels and

tires” (P. 8-27).

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLE

BREAK-IN PROCEDURE:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of vehicle use, follow the break-in procedure recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle. For additional information, see “Break-in sched-

ule” (P. 5-113). Failure to follow these recom-

mendations may result in vehicle damage or shortened engine life.

Printing : October 2020

Publication No.: OM21EA 0Z52U0

Printed in the U.S.A.

Z52-D